We penta Shen iON, hm ¥ the, sartane fer, eae ella : = $ eee oe wa eS AA Ae Rae z 4 roe : ; . Seah any: Nhe y : CO EO SET eae WSLS ae S Iz = PUPIL ARR aw AIAG EEAIANS 2 L444 $4 Fb8 S258 Ay 56TH CONGRESS, HOUSE OF REPRESENTATIVES. { DocuMENT Ist Session. ) No. 726. DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR MONOGRAPHS OF THE UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY WASHINGTON GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE 1900 , E , . + a - ‘ ad = . + . - i ‘ ‘ 7 ‘ : . . i . . ~ y - - - OF = r 5 * ' > n = a i 5 , = a 7 . - " UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY CHARLES D. WALCOTT, DIRECTOR KOCENE AND LOWER OLIGOCENE CORAL FAUNAS UNE ey Se Aas WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF A FEW DOUBTPULLY CRETACEOUS SPECIES T. WAYLAND VAUGHAN e)) WAS EUIENIG A ON GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE 1900 CONT Nas Correlation table of lower Tertiary iounehoace pEeda Paectose Age of the beds in the various States from which hails aan of Pons) fee een obtained. - INGNICIGES EN ceibeas Cede anaoste booreenssonc time cebetaosne cteo dese sees eneoecwseeD Maryland and Virginia. ........---.- SouthiCarolina and! Georgia scone mee - ese sam mn eee sis seem See ee ae ee Stratigraphic and geographic distribution of species Probable bathymetric distribution of species ----...---.-- DN CSN Ey sacdo Sor chee Saads eTESod Sok bas Hate cee DUO CRU ESSE SaaN cect cose Soauceemsscoee mone Mid wiaryanista 6 seer ek so ce we once ceyteweleoes speeeers Bose ee ees goes SoCs OL cea MidiwavabedSeesna. chess esc =o sae ee ree eee tO eee ees eens aos Peeeeen Sucarnochee clays and Naheola marls ......-.--.-.--2---s2-- e--0s-220- -+secces Chickasa wanes tapes me esac en ae aetna es imenk 2 ieee eee ane ok ale clei Me ee elaaeere ee apes Nanafalia Bluff beds Greggs Landing beds........---.....-- Bas bigoLeViOOGSPDLatht DOGE'S ec. cn Ace eee nn oe mare Sa cen ee Ae yee ee re ate Hatchetigbee Bluff beds General conclusions regarding the Midwayan and Chickasawan stages. -......--...-_-. GHEMgnmnEN CREE) cocsins dose cao cegese pS SoSg en Dace Or eeEe coca Coens she Sn eeebsssnsose howerl@laibormes: ==. -)scosjessaec ce aece ines ets se oe eee ee eee eee sass sees Alabama, Mississippi, and Louisiana. .---.---- Shark River beds, New Tees Claiborme;sands) bed ~~~ = a2 -/- -- a-5- = soce 3 ooo eee ns aera Ee ea aoa are a ctoce IEC LEON GINS ISO 555006 Cooc en O BEE ea Seem EE DI OOSR EE er meet cane cOReEs Sa6cre RaseE ERS ORE HOWwer OM SOCENGia. =e a -- w- sarot eae as orcs ecieaeeeaenee iV; iglshnreian stage... IRGGL IST Let Eas See ee ponmeE Soe ceccecboncs-s doceke -BSSSr peices eeu Eeenaeee Wacksburp beds) tsceasa2- cman comene ae ereeeet Saree eee aa narinn saltenavee Salem cen Coral limestone at Salt Mountain, near Jackson, Alabama IL@EITITES Tn COO oaen Sec occ enaSseRsac toad Stes Sache SaaS See BEC eese Corals from the Martinez and Tejon beds of California Affinities of the Eocene and Lower Oligocene corals of the United States for those of other countries Morphology of the Madreporarian coral skeleton... ..---.--.--- .0---- e-5- 200 - -e0e sees een ane Oxi cinpabeunelca CanreOUus eNOS tec. .n- ate ele eee ae pee eae ees sce ae «castes The basal plate wewebwvhw bw ww Ot OF OT OT St Ot Ot 6 CONTENTS. Morphology of the Madreporarian coral skeleton—Continued. Page. The epitheca 37 Bs) Ione ee SSEEED CaaS BR OEan Sten BEee Ene BSE Bem Seer Sa Sane CORSE eA Anse & 22 cSso cca conoce cesses 38 Structure of the septum of Manicina areolata (Linn.) ...---..----.-------------------- 38 Section parallel to fatisurfaceor septum qa- esas ei aa eee ee oer ree 39 Crossisection of septum-.---..2--..----- ------ SSOERE SO GSeO SoSH + se sos abosds Seca none 39 The\ area or line, of divergence: 22.2.2 2s esse ieee wae as aalo eee eee cee aso 40 Simple‘andicompoundtrabeculiecc. = soe. soe sesea eee es 6 see ee eee eee ine cee eee 41 Direction of thettrabecule a: 2. =) siseyoei- eee = ees laces so aa= sete nee eee ae ae alee 41 Width of thetrabeculs 2225252252. .25,tosctesicaoe dos cesmonis sae set pe ae eee esac. 42 Influence of width of trabeculie on the direction of the calcareous fibro-crystals. -----. 42 Compaciness: of septa... 2 ac:e2 0a. wae nosigeree ese eee sean ere ene ee sree eee sane ee 43 Septal:marging -~ 26.0 ce escape ns oon cecteeite a ates eereisictejnce cielo eee se eae te easicine 44 ateral/ ornamentation ofiseptays ==. se s=2)e es eae aie ees eee eee ee ee eee eee eae eee 45 Let Wee Sap e eB SE Ee pabaae 25 4anE IS Seo cae hon ESSE SRSSSS SSS oneeShcaeses soos dees seeesecenasoc 46 PAZ C) QUAN Ey een ares pmee com sop Soacib bo Sos Heceor CASS as sans OnoS acoowessce ceessedaootoes omens 47 The-wall\ (theca)? 02.205. 52 2 eis. gent seein jane se ae See rea Oe EEE ace eae 48 Synapticular wall .-2 2222 2ec52)- secs one see tee 3 ease a re Se eee eee aimee cece eaee 53 Colamell aja steemte see en eee ee ee paooooncroseDEae cenpenena sos 53 Dissepimients'. =. aya a | aiailo h|2jos|2|/S\ilao|/al| ea 2) ais ey 5 a et 2 el le 2s feAlisn!| 2) 2 | 8 |e EM ee Mn oe can ses lirca ls oar Oulbscgad csi |itete | lee S|FleIS|S/SISF ola lalalea Trochocyathus clarkeanus (Vaughan) - ea¢|or --|..--|----|----|----] X |----|----|----|....| Virginia (Pamunkey for- tation). Trochocyathus striatus (Gabby! Bases peed Hece ec edlbcedioac California (Upper Tejon). Trochocyathus zitteli Merriam -.-.---- pane Mage bead Soe no California (Martinez group). Trochocyathus conoides (Gabb and |-...-|.-..|....|----|.---|-.-<|----|----|- F<||4008 ..--| New Jersey (Shark River Horn). beds). Paracyathusa alternatus Vaughan...--. Pale|= etme =ems|--3-| OMISiAanA, Astrohelia neglecta Vaughan -..-..---.|. an AA |e BA mers ac ---|---.|----| Mississippi. Astrohelia burnsi Vaughan ....-.-----|.- zs Bc cael ose ee Bene 2 .-|----| Mississippi. Oculina vicksburgensis (Conrad) ...-.-- I; as BIE SA scme| Sone sese sea] pace| ace) lacor| 2S Mississippi. Oculina mississippiensis (Conrad) -.--.- |. Mississippi. © Oculina singleyi Vaughan -.--.-......--|.- Spcl\5 .| Texas. Oculina alabamensis Vaughan.-...-----|.- Be Alabama. Oculina harrisi Vaughan ......-.-----.|-- = Mississippi. Oculina aldrichi Vaughan -... = -| Mississippi. Oculina (?) smithi Vaughan -........--. Vs Se Alabama, Amphibelia natchitochensis Vanghan - Ceelohelia wagneriana Vaughan .-.- Madracis ganei Vaughan Madracis johnsoni Vaughan Madracis gregorioi Vaughan Stylophora minutissima Vaughan....-. Heerate Stylophora ponderosa Vaughan........ Astrangia expansa Vaughan .-......... Astrangia ludoviciana Vanghan Astrangia harrisi Vaughan Astrangia wilcoxensis Vaughan... Cladocora recrescens Lonsdale Favia merriami Vaughan.............. Dichoceenia alabamensis Vaughan Haimesiastr#a conferta Vaughan Haimesiastra#a petrosa (Gabb) ....---- Astrocenia pumpellyi Vaughan Platyceenia jacksonensis Vaughan .... ..- x! .| Louisiana. -| Alabama, -| Louisiana, -| Texas. Alabama. Russell Springs, Georgia (Vicksburgian, Ocala | horizon). -| Alabama. Mississippi, Louisiana. -| Louisiana. - Arkansas. Alabama. Georgia, South Carolina. . California, (Cretaceous ?). < | Alabama. Alabama. | California, (Eocene?). -| Russell Springs, Georgia (Vicksburgian, Ocala horizon). | Mississippi. 22 EOCENE AND LOWER OLIGOCENE CORAL FAUNAS. Table showing stratigraphic and geographic distribution of species—Continued. Names of species. Vicksburg- | jan. | Coral limestone. Vicksburg beds. Red Blut? beds. Stratigraphic distribution. Jacksonian. —Claibor- nian. | Chickasawan. | Midwayan. Claiborne sands. Lower Claiborne. Hatchetigbee beds. Woods Bluff beds or Bashi series Greggs Landing beds. Naheola Sucarnochee. Midway limestone. Geographic distribution and remarks. Stephanoceenia fairbanksi Vaughan -.. Stephanoccenia fairbanksi var. colum- naris Vaughan. Siderastrea hexagonalis Vaughan... Stephanomorpha monticuliformis Vaughan. Mesomorpha duneani Vaughan....---. b Balanophyllia desmophyllum M.-Edw. and H. Balanophyllia desmophyllum var. microcostata Vaughan. Balanophyllia irrorata (Conrad) ...-.-- Saoe Balanophyllia irrorata var, mortoni (Gabb and Horn). Balanophyllia irrorata var. dichotoma |---.|---.|- (Gabb and Horn). Balanophyliia irrorata var. coniformis Vaughan. Balanophyllia inauris Vaughan ....-.-. | Balanephyllia ponderosa Vaughan..... Balanophyllia annularis Vaughan -.-- Balanophyllia augustinensis Vaughan. ---. Balanophyllia elongata Vaughan ...... .-.- Balanophyllia caulifera (Conrad) -- Balanophyllia caulifera var. multigra- nosa Vaughan. Balanophyllia haleana(M.-Edw. and H.) - Eupsammia elaborata (Conrad) ......-. 2° Eupsammia conradi Vaughan ...-...... bas Rhectopsammia claibornensis Vaughan .-..|- Endopachys maclurii (Lea) Endopachys maclurii var. tenue Vaughan. Endopachys maclurii var. triangulare Conrad. Endopachys lonsdalei Vaughan pobenoss 3 Endopachys shaleri Vaughan.... Endopachys minutum Vaughan ....... Saeg hosel Dendrophyllia striata Vaughan........ Dendrophyllia lisbonensis Vaughan - Dendracis tubulata (Lonsdale) ....-... Turbinaria (?) alabamensis Vaughan .. Porites ramosa (Lonsdale) 268 Reoe oes { .| California, (Cretaceous ?). Alabama. | Alabama, Alabama. Alabama. Alabama. .| Mississippi, Louisiana, ‘Texas. Texas. Texas. Texas. New Jersey (Shark River beds.) Alabama Alabama. Texas, Louisiana. Mississippi. Mississippi. -| Mississippi. Alabama. Alabama, Virginia. Virginia, (horizon ?). Alabama. Alabama, Mississip "4 Louisiana, Texas, New Jersey ?. Texas, Louisiana, Mississippi, Louisiana. Alabama, Mississippi. . Loe. ? (horizon?). Mississippi. Louisiana. Alabama, Louisiana, Texas. -| Georgia. Alabama. Georgia, South Carolina. eo DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES. 23 PROBABLE BATHYMETRIC DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES. The studies of various paleontologists and the results of the studies of the bathymetric distribution of recent corals have shown that the fossil coral faunas furnish considerable data concerning the conditions of depth under which deposits containing such fossils were laid down. Using the data which have been accumulated from dredgings an attempt is made to show the probable depths at which the various beds containing fossil corals herein described were deposited. Genera represented in the Hocene of the United States and depths at which they nov live. Fathoms. Talsloeillaitt § ees conor odapeGanee =e geo cEpace apcocsapade Shallow water to 1, 500 Aldrichia gen. nov. : SJOINGIAMINOONUESS = 855.08 oo5, Sbooeccoosmer bos opp eabeoouoE Shallow water to 150 Platytrochus, probably extinct. Discotrochus, extinct. “UMAR? yas ses cob abo ede omceacne noone E Sob es OSD BSoe 100— 220 TOG ONENIR a5 5cgeebeoe seeecucopodeac cbCceneenaoar 100-— 750 JERRE eR UINUIS| mann sd oeee Se oaoesnecno sono semeenaaeeoe Shallow water to 750 Cero lille, cocoon coaocasaacoodnooun copmmaaeosee obs ouC Shallow water to 1, 500 Steriphonotrochus gen. nov. iPamncpilly Sse: beeroodacocame our paoopoSuaseUGCC so aee 50- 300 Astrohelia, extinct. Oyewibinen . Sedo cdénacaasnaosceoceusroseo slants aod: cid seee Shallow water to 50 NMAC, Bses58 5 oo sooo eeass Feeeee Sao Io Boo Soe oOrEr 158- 892 Jcelohelia gen. nov. Sino rOn: soe ocecossodedaces 35 soe Remo see aueeen coats Shallow water. WinthtOkias seéeeccccs cospee EU CPD ee euueooccamarn sees oc 38-— 300 INGTETETG ec cc on cb5 os Meese eae eeeaGOaees TemeE eas 2 SOc Shallow water to 315 (Glaaccontpssscccse + 3c SB ORD BAe Hoc peo oocEoRBeares> Sa6r Shallow water. pine - = Bec mdck coos co OREO SEORS SED Sec ceemras ooconoe Shallow water. TONG TOWING cs soos 6 6d be Sop e O ERROR DOS peor ooing 6 > dane Shallow water. Haimesiastraea gen. noy. INGRRO GORING) 5 soc 5 ao ode sa aeseR Beppo po CURES oours 4a scoc Shallow water. Platyccenia gen. nov. Stephanoceenia —..--...---- ..--.2 2-2-2522 eee eer eee Reef. SHDN) « . oo Cac agB aces eee OD OSBONdenUdDESbT cco ede cc Reef. Stephanomorpha gen. nov. Mesomorpha, extinct. 'Most of the data here given have been taken from Moseley’s Deep sea corals, in the Challenger Reports, Zoology, Vol. I, Pt. VII, 1881, pp. 182, 133. 2Pourtales, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl. Harvard Coll., Vol. VI, No. 4, 1880, p, 96. 24 EOCENE AND LOWER OLIGOCENE CORAL FAUNAS. Genera represented in the Eocene of the United States and depths at which they now live—Continued. Fathoms. Balanophyllia........ x igfa eye cis eS alee eke erases: Sieisisit sais SS Shallow water to 400 Eupsammia. Rhectopsammia gen. nov. Jndopachys. ! Dendrophyllia:ss./asc ce = eee er eee eee Shallow water to 750 Dendracis, extinct. Purbinaria 8.22 eees Cees ee eee eee Cone ee Shallow water. POriteS!. 3.5 s shes steno ss Somes s jones aes oe ee aac Shallow water. Totalnumber of génerayjc 5c. ees Nace ele ee Oe eee 36 Recent:as: well as ifossil genera. =.-.5 sae na eee de ee eee eee 24 Extinct genera, including the seven new genera.............-...-...--.--- 11 Probably extinct......- Shurenaiisi eve jelasa: nica avas gye sey Src otenate pcre ols ae ones Ss Pet pee a 1 Analysis of the recent genera. Exclusively shallowavater.-= ss. be. soe eee ee een ee ee ee 9 Shallow waterto.50sfathoms' =... 5.02 qos a ones osc eens ee ee 1 Shallow wateritom oO fathoms see eee ee See ee a eee 1 Shallow water toslo fathoms... 525-255 -244-2- 4 eee Ree SME CEA Oar aca 1 Shallowaater tor 00 tathoms a. ssscees eee eee eee ner eee ae eee eee 1 Shallow: water to) (oO fathoms sees es eee eee eee ae Esther cfoiee taal ebeets ereaiats 2 Shall owawaterstoy le 50 Ot ert hy Onn s erste eee a a, Hrom:38) tojs004athoms: 2: te aee . cts Geen ee once eer Ree CeCe Eee eee e 1 Prom:50%to, 300) fathoms): 22h. fe eee ee ee eee 1 Prom: 100 to 220fathoms: 2. 2st <Von Koch in his Das Skelett der Steinkorallen, p. 260, says in a footnote: ‘‘Das Vorkommen yon iichten und uniichten Synapticula zwischen denselben Septen wurde von mir bei Fungia nachge- wiesen (Fig. 7). Aus dieser Figur Lisst sich auch ersehen (Fig. 3b), dass blosse Héckerchen der Septen ein eigenes Krystallisations-centrum besitzen kénnen.” (Morph. Jahrb., Vol. XVI, 1890, pp. 687-688. ) ‘See Ogilvie, op. cit., p. 248, fig. 72. > Arbeiten aus dem Zodlog. Inst. zu Graz., Vol. I, No. 3, 1886, p. 178. MORPHOLOGY OF THE CORAL SKELETON, 49 that they fuse together. The following species illustrate this kind of wall: Manicina areolata (P1. I, fig. 3, part of figure), Husmilia knorri (Pl. I, fig. 2), Caryophyllia cornuformis (Pl. I, fig. 3), Haimesiastrea petrosa (Pl. XVII, fig. 5), Dichocenia alabamensis (Pl. XV, fig. 4b), and others. The eutheca of von Heider is formed by new centers of calcification being introduced between the distal ends of the septa to effect fusion. This type of wall is illustrated by Caryophyllia communis (PI. II, fig. 4), and Oculina diffusa (Pl. HU, fig. 5). There has been considerable difference of opinion among various stu- dents of coral morphology as to the systematic value of eutheca and pseudotheca. Therefore I have taken occasion to study the mural consti- tution of a considerable number of genera, to determine, if possible, the amount of importance that should be attached to its structure. Caryophyllia communis (P1. II, fig. 4) and Caryophyllia cornuformis (Pl. II, fig. 3) will show that the character of the wall is not of generic importance unless the genera be separated on that feature alone. I would call special attention to the difference in spacial relations in these two cross sections. In the coral where the septa are remote from one another the theca is a true theca, but where the septa are crowded a pseudotheca is present. Spacial relations seem to be the determining factor. Pl. V, fig. 8, representing a section of Platytrochus stokesi, illustrates another instance of pseudotheca among the Turbinolide. This section is described on page 74 of this paper and need not be further noticed here. An examination of the walls of several genera placed by Ogilvie in her Amphiastrzeidze was made because in defining the family she says “true theca present.” * Pectinia meandrites (Linn.) possesses in some instances undoubted true theca, but in others the theca seems false, formed by the fusion of the distal ends of the septa. Dendrogyra cylindrus Ehy., the type species of the genus, possesses an absolutely typical pseudotheca. The section of Husmilia knorri M.-Edw. and H., is extremely interesting, because in the same slide there are both true theca and false theca. PI. II, fig. 2, is drawn from a place where false theca is present. In other places the true thecal centers of calcifica- tion are perfectly distinct and are arranged in lines perpendicular to the median septal planes. The wall undergoes peripheral secondary thickening, 'Op. cit., p. 334. MON XXXIX——4 50 EOCENE AND LOWER OLIGOCENE CORAL FAUNAS. i. e., thickening external to the calcification centers, through the activity of the inner face of the edge zone. I can not be sure that Ogilvie would have included Dichoccenia im her Amphiastreeidee, but she probably would have. Its structure is discussed in considerable detail on page 140, in the descriptive portion of this paper. The wall is a typical pseudotheca. The following description of the wall of Euphyllia glabrescens (Cha- misso and Eysenhardt) is quoted from Bourne:' 6 The centers of calcification are present as conspicuous dark lines running down the center of each septum. The primary and secondary septa are but slighly thick- ened toward the peripheral ends, the theca being mainly composed of the heads of the tertiary septa. Fig. 7 shows that in the upper part of the caylx the tertiary septa project from a stouter theeal piece, the two together forming a T, of which the thecal portion is the erosspiece. There are no sutures separating the septal from the thecal portion. Lower down in the calyx the tertiary septa die out altogether, but the cross- pieces representing their thecal portions remain, and then the section has precisely the appearance figured by Fowler in Lophohelia. From the relations whieh obtain in Euphyllia, I am not disposed to think that the intercalated pieces figured by him are essentially thecal structures sharply distinguished from septa.’ An examination of the walls of a considerable number of genera of the so-called Astrzeidee has shown the same variability as in the above- described Eusmilid genera; therefore it does not seem necessary to describe the oceurrence of eutheca and pseudotheca among them to get at a general conclusion. Before stating such a conclusion I wish to note the character of the rall in Lophohelia prolifera (Pallas). This species possesses a true theca, and has both ento- and ecto-ccelic septa and tentacles, according to Fowler; 1Qp. cit., pp. 27, 28. 2?The followirig quotation from von Koch (Das Skelett der Steinkorallen, p. 265) is apropos in this connection: ‘(In der Struktur der Mauer findet sich ein Unterschied, der wohl in dem Verhilt- niss der Septen zu den Parietes und der dadurch modificirten Ablagerung von Verdickungsschichten seine Erklirune findet: Kommen zwei Parietes auf einen Interseptalraum so sind anf dem Quer- schnitt des Kelches zwischen je zwei Septen zwei dunkle Trennungslinien zu bemerken, die ein Mauerstiick einschliessen, das von keinem Septum durchkreuzt wird (sogenannte Entheca), kommt aber auf einen Interseptalraum nur ein Paries, so findet sich zwischen zwei Septen nur eine Tren- nungslinie, und die Mauerstiicke erscheinen nach der Lagerung der Krystallisationslinien als Anhiinge der Septen (sogenannte Pseudotheca [fig. 16]). Da das Einschieben nener Septen nicht mit der Vermehrune der Parietes gleichzeitig zu erfolgen braucht, so kann derselbe Kelch in einer gewissen Hobe sich nach dem zweiten, ja es kénnen sogar beiden Typen an demse!ben Querschnitt yorkommen (also Eutheca und Pseudotheca nebeneinander), wenn ein Theil der Peripherie in seiner Entwickelung etwas vorgeeilt oder nachgeblieben ist (Taf. I, fig. 18). Die Theca kann durch spiitere Ablagerung, besonders auf der Aussenseite, sehr verdickt werden (Taf. I, fig. 21).” ‘Fowler, Quart. Jour. Microsc. Sei., Vol. XXVIII, No. 109, Aug., 1887, pp. 6-10. MORPHOLOGY OF THE CORAL SKELETON, 51 there is in each interseptal loculus a mesentery (paries), but still, in appa- rent contradiction to von Koch, the theea is the so-called true theca (eutheca). From the great variation not only in the same species, but in a section of a single corallite, no special systematic importance can be attached to the theca being of the so-called true or false variety. True theca marks the Anlagen of new septa, as von Koch and Bourne have shown, or occurs in calices where the septa are distant from one another and their outer ends are not sufficiently thickened to effect peripheral fusion. True theca is correlated with two factors in the growth of the individual coral—the first factor is simply a stage in the development of the septa, and the second is merely that of spacial relation. The character of the theca will vary with the variability of these two factors In the case of the first, the variability will depend upon the retardation or acceleration of the distal and proximal (thecal) portion of the young septum with reference to the free inner portion, and in the second upon the distance between the septa. These two factors may be to a large extent functions of each other. Before ending the discussion of the wall of the so-called “ Madreporaria Aporosa,” a few words will be added on the wall of the Turbinolid corals. Ogilvie,’ in her definition of the family, says: “A true theca or pseudotheca is present peripherally; in all cases coalescent with the epitheca.” On page 250 she says: “In many Turbinolidee the deposit of calcareous matter on the outside of the thecal centers of calcification becomes very great, and may be either compact or show hollow spaces.” The character of the epitheca in Turbinolids is variable; in Paracyathus bellus (see Pl. VIII, figs. 16 to 18) it consists merely of occasional encircling shreds, while in Flabellum it is closély applied to the wall, often highly polished and porcellanous in nature. There are many Turbinolids in which there is no vestige of an epitheca, e. ¢., Platytrochus, Discotrochus, ete. I do not see more reason for calling the external thickening of the wall and peripheral ends of the septa of such corals as Paracyathus alternatus (p. 105) epitheca than I can for calling the internal growth of these parts by the same name. In corals possessing an edge zone the peripheral parts of the skeleton should grow just as those parts within the wall. If the epitheca is formed at the bend between the aboral body wall and oral body wall, we must try at least to distinguish ! Op. ecit., p. 333. 52 EOCENE AND LOWER OLIGOCENE CORAL FAUNAS. between the deposits formed at this angle and that laid down by the broad inner surface of the edge zone. The relations of the soft parts of the Turbinolidze to the skeletal parts needs much more study, and until such studies have been made we can not know the homologies of all the skeletal structures of the group. In fossil species soft parts can not be observed, but comparisons can be made with recent corals. Such a comparative study leads me to the belief, above stated, that the extrathecal thickening of many Turbinolid corals is formed in the same way as in Kusmilia, by the inner face of the edge zone applied against the outside of the corallum wall and peripheral ends of the septa, and is not epitheca according to the accepted definition of the latter. The fact that dis- sepiments* sometimes aid in the formation of the corallite wall, or assist in giving it strength, has been noticed by several authors.” The wall of a West Indian Lithophyllia (Z. lacera or cubensis, 1 am not decided about the relations and synonymy of these two so-called species) is strengthened by dissepiments. The relations of dissepiments to the wall of Stephanocenia intersepta are described on page 153. Many corals may have perforate walls, because the septa may not be uniformly thickened throughout their length in the thecal ring, or the fusion of the septa may not be effected by the introduction of the so-called true thecal calcification centers. In some Turbinolids, e. g., genus Turbinolia, there are regular rows of pores between the costee. Pores occur also in Trematotrochus, and there are intercostal dimples in at least some species of Sphenotrochus (cf. Sphenotrochus nanus, p. 84). The intercostal pores may not be regular, but only occasional, as is noticed in Paracyathus bellus, page 108. Such occasional perforations may occur in almost any normally imperforate wall, and have no special significance; it is only when they occur constantly that they are of systematic importance. The walls of such corals as Alveopora belong in the last class. Bernard has described the structure of this genus with great care The wall is formed by the fusion of interlocking septal spines. ‘For discussion of dissepiments, see p.53 of this paper. ? Ogilvie, op. cit., p. 251; Bernard, On the affinities of the Madreporarian genus Alveopora with the Paleozoic Favositidwe: Jour. Linn. Soc., London, Zool., Vol. XX VI, 1898, p. 506. 'Loc. sup. cit., pp. 499-500. MORPHOLOGY OF THE CORAL SKELETON, 53 SYNAPTICULAR WALL. The descriptive term tells how such a wall is formed. The synapticule are usually grouped in a definite zone, so as to form a perforate wall. Stephanomorpha possesses such a wall. Fungia is a typical example. The walls of the Eupsammid are synapticulate (cf. descriptions of Balanophyllia irrorata, p. 163, and Eupsammia elaborata, p. 182). It is scarcely necessary to state that the synapticulate and imperforate walls grade into each other. COLUMELLA. The columella is the result of an attempt of the coral zooid to build a central basal support for itself. Three different kinds may be recognized. First, the false columella is formed by the fusion of the inner ends of the septa into a more or less compact mass. The variation of this class of columellee is in the degree of solidity—if the septa fuse simply by a few processes without secondary thickening, the columella will be weak and spongy; if they fuse firmly by their inner margins and are then secondarily thickened, a large strong columella will be the result. Second, the lamellar columella is where the axial space of the corallite is occupied by a lamella. Very often it can be shown that this kind of a columella is merely a differ- entiated portion of some large septum, and such is almost certainly its origin in all cases.’ Third, the true columella is of several kinds. Ina considerable number of genera it is a single style that rises from the bottom of the calice; in some others it consists of a varying number of rods or more or less flattened and twisted pieces that have their origin at the bottom of the ealice. DISSEPIMENTS. Dissepiments are the thin calcareous partitions by which the coral zooid cuts itself off from the lower part of the corallite cavity which it can no longer occupy. As growth proceeds along the upper portion of the skeleton the zooid is continually being lifted upward, and a space below it is left vacant. Dissepiments are formed to give basal support to the zooid. The dissepiments are arched, the highest part usually being at the wall. The distance apart is usually quite regular, as it represents the amount of a growth period.” ' Cf. Ogilvie, op. cit., p. 245. ? Ogilvie, op. cit., p. 244. 54 EOCENE: AND LOWER OLIGOCENE CORAL FAUNAS. If the dissepiments at the end of a growth period are formed in a plane perpendicular to the vertical axis of the corallite, they are called tabule. The microscopic structure of dissepiments is quite different from any- thing described in the preceding, excepting epitheca. No calcification centers could be detected in any dissepiments. They are composed of fibro-crystals standing at right angles to the secreting surface, and show a more or less distinct lamination parallel to the secreting surface. An enlarged section of a dissepiment is shown in PI. II, fie. 6, Thysanus excen- tricus, and in Pl. II, fig. 2, Husmilia knorri. These specimens are not quite so satisfactory as the material I have of Diploria cerebriformis, on which the above notes are based. The method of growth of the dissepiments is especially well illustrated by the specimens of Haimesiastrea conferta (Pl. XV, figs. 6 and 8). The formation begins against the septal faces and extends across the interseptal loculus until the two parts meet and fuse. A distinct suture indicating the place of fusion can nearly always be seen in good fresh specimens. REMARKS ON THE CLASSIFICATION OF CORALS. The classification of corals is in a most unsatisfactory condition, and no classification that will stand the test of thorough criticism has as yet been proposed. It would require too much space to review all the systems that have been suggested. In this paper the following family names are used: Turbinolidxe (in which family Parasmilia is included), Oculinidee, Stylophoridee, Astrangidee, Astré rcoenidie, Fungidee, Eupsammidee, and Madreporidee. The name Astreidie has properly no place in the classifi- cation of corals, as there is no genus bearing the name Astrea (see p. 154). Therefore I have not used it, and several genera that hitherto would have been referred to it, as formerly understood, I have not placed in any family. The whole classification of corals from beginning to end must be worked over, and in my opinion many of the old families must be divided into sev- eral if not many families. A new classification must be based on a knowledge of three things: First, the comparative anatomy or morphology of the corals, i. e., an intimate knowledge of the skeletal structures and their relations to the soft parts; second, the post-embryonic development of the corals; third, ! The methods of reproduction and the combination of zooids into colonies will not be discussed» as any late text book on paleontology will give a general idea of the subject. REMARKS ON THE CLASSIFICATION OF CORALS. 5Y5) their succession in geologic time. No one has approached the subject in this manner. Bernard is working along these lines, but his work is not far advanced. The past classifications have been based on some particular features, usually of the skeleton, without reference to the whole structure and history of the organisms. The classification of Milne-Edwardsand Haime was based on the gross morphology of the skeleton; that of de Fromentel on the mode of growth. Duncan based his on a combination of the gen- eral skeletal features and mode of growth, but evidently did not seek to find what characters were of phylogenetic import. Von Heider and Ort- mann based theirs on the structure of the wall, which has been shown to possess almost no systematic value. Ogilvie was carried away by her researches into the microscopic structure of the septa of corals, mixing with her results the false principles used by Pratz, von Heider, and Ortmann in their attempts at classification. She has made but small contribution to formulating a true system of classification. The work of all these, and of many other investigators, has continually added to our knowledge of corals, until now we understand fairly well the whole make-up of the coral skele- ton and much of the relations existing between the skeleton and soft parts, even if there is still a great deal to be learned. As our knowledge of fossil faunas increases, we know more and more of the succession of the various species, genera, etc., in time. Therefore, probably before many years, some- one may be able to give us a classification based on the actual phylogenetic erouping of the various genera. If the above represents the status of the question of classification, it is evident why I have not adopted or proposed any system. I will state that I believe the family Turbinolidze shéuld be divided into several families. Flabellum has not as much in common with Platytrochus or Discotrochus as it has with Eusmilia. I have projected a revision of the Turbinolid genera, but it is not in a condition for presentation. There is no means of determining how many different types of corals are represented by the old Astreid family. Under these conditions the only possible thing to do was to describe my material with all the care possible, so as to aid in the future work of rearranging the various coral genera. 56 EOCENE AND LOWER OLIGOCENE CORAL FAUNAS. DEHSCRIETIONS Ol si Cis: Order ALCYONARIA Milne-Edwards and Haime. Family PENNATULID4 M.-Edw. and H. Genus GRAPHULARIA M.-Edw. and H. GRAPHULARIA PERPLEXA (de Gregorio.) Pl. I, figs. 7 to 8b (reproduced from de Gregorio.) 1890. Corallium perplecum de Gregorio, Mon. de la Faune éocénique de VAla., p. 253, pl. xliy, figs. 5 a, b, ¢ and 6 a, b, ¢. “Cor, cylindraceum levigatum, ad sectionem rotundatum, lateribus tenue compressum.” Ta @ Translation : ‘or. cylindrical, smooth, with round section, sides much compressed.” M. de Gregorio adds the following observations: ‘This is a very inter- esting species, because this genus is very poorly represented in the Tertiary strata. The section shows a slightly radiating structure and a kind of cen- tral nucleus. The external surface is polished; however, it appeared to me tuberculous, but wpon examining it better, I perceived that its irregularities were produced by occasionally attached foreign bodies. I possess only two specimens.” Neither the locality nor the geological occurrence is given. Order ZOANTHARIA Milne-Edwards and Haime. Suborder ZOANTHARIA SCLERODERMATA M -Edw. and H. Family TURBINOLID:4 M.-Edw. and H. Genus FLABELLUM Lesson. FLABELLUM CONOIDEUM Sp. nov. Pl. ILI, figs. 1 to 4. 1894. Flabellum conoidewum Vaughan nom. nud. Rept. geol. Coast. Pl. Ala.: Ala. Geol. Survey, 1894, p. 248. Attached by a small short pedicel. Slightly compressed conical in shape. No lateral wing or lateral processes. Cross section elliptical, rounded at the ends of the longer transverse axis, not angular, as is usually the case with the others of our Eocene species of Flabellum. Obscure coste correspond to the primary and secondary septa. Lines of growth are well marked; sometimes corresponding to them are girdling, rather shallow, depressions. The wall is thin at its upper edge, but thick in its DESCRIPTIONS OF SPECIES. Bi! lower portion, owing to internal calcareous deposit. Epitheca well devel- oped, extending to the upper edge of the corallum wall. Septa slightly exsert, margins entire; inner free portion undulated, sides granulate. In the adult there are 16 principal septa. Septal arrangement four complete cycles, members of the fifth cycle appearing near the ends of the longer transverse axis. In the specimen illustrated in Pl. II], fig. la, there are 72 septa, which are divided as follows: THES HOMOIG coccda case Je asoueeGeeeEnEss easacaacscs55 6 Second cyclamate eeeeiem ae = ee = = ala tat ome 6 dWiviwl Cys shat ccoechoued ao gsca nen pT oeEEeEseeoncec 12 IAN CVOBs wernoccebeodepospenmeesesoeecdcansorapacs 24 IMINO) 2. e.cadckcosodeoorEee Spero geo essen nosT 24 WNoells ts Soe eek ceneee oe Sane eee toecaae a2 12 Of the 16 principal septa, 12 belong to the first and second cycles, and 4 to the third cycle. The septa of the third cycle near the termini of the longer transverse axis join the columella. In moderately young speci- mens, such as illustrated in PI. II, fig. 3, there are three complete cycles, and members of the fourth cycle are appearing near the ends of the longer transverse axis of the calice. The septa of the third cycle (PI. ITI, fig. 3) have just reached the columella as thin lamelle. In PI. III, fig. 4, these youngest principal septa have become much thickened. The study of young forms of this species clearly shows that the explanation given by Semper’ for the number of principal septa in Flabellum, intermediate between 12 and 24, and further amplified by von Marenzeller,”’ holds for this species, as well as for the ones they studied. The columella is typical for the genus, i. e., is formed by the fusion of septal trabeculx. Calice not very deep. ' Zeitschr. fiir wiss. Zoolog., Vol. XXIT, 1872, pp. 243 et seq. 2Zool. Jahrb. 1887, Vol. III, Pt. I, pp. 25-50. 58 EOCENE AND LOWER OLIGOCENE CORAL FAUNAS. Measurements of three specimens are as follows: | la 2 | b Mim Mm Mm Greater transverse diameter of calice........----..------- Wie 12 10 Lesser transverse diameter of calice.......-....---..----- 16 9 | 9 | Height of corallum..-.---.----------------------+--------- | 13.5 10 16S} | Depth of calice.----.---------------------++----+-++------ | Do Awessoeceleeseceee {eal == F : = ee ee S| | a Pl, III, fig. 1. bP. ITI, fig. 2. Localities. —Prairie Creek and Matthews Landing, Alabama. Geologic occurrence —Black Bluff (Sucarnochee) and Matthews Landing (Naheola) beds. types —United States National Museum. No other species of Flabellum known to me presents the characters out- lined above. The subconical form without any sharp angle at the termini of the longer transverse axis of the calice and complete absence of any lateral processes are the most sahent characters. FLABELLUM CONOIDEUM var. MATTHEWSENSE var. nov. Pl. III, figs. 5 to 6a. Differs from typical J”. conoideum in having well-developed costae, cor- responding to the first and second cycles of septa, but grades directly into the typical form of the species. All of the specimens of this variety that were examined have only 12 principal septa each. The epitheca is decidedly of the character of that of F. lerchi. It is highly probable that the latter species is a descendant of this variety. Locality —Matthews Landing, Alabama. Geologic occurrence.— Matthews Landing (Naheola) beds. types—F rom collection of Mr. T. H. Aldrich in the United States National Museum. Specimens —In collections of Wagner Free Institute of Science, Phila- delphia. The coral obtained by Mr. Harris from the Midwayan stage of southern Arkansas, and noted by him in his Tertiary Geology of Southern Arkansas,’ pages 49 and 54, pl. iii, fig. 6, seems from the figure to be a conical-shaped Flabellum. The figure shows three cycles of coste, the first cycle being 1 Ann. Rept. Geol. Surv. Ark. for 1892. DESCRIPTIONS OF SPECIES. 59 the most prominent, the second less, and the third the least prominent. The base is terminated by a small pedicel. The specimen seems to be a costate variety of Flabellum conoidewn, and probably is reterable to variety matthewsense. The exact locality of the specimen was ‘2 to 3 miles north of Bradford, on the St. Louis, Iron Mountain and Southern Railway.”' FLABELLUM JOHNSONI sp. nov. Pl. III, figs. 7 to 7b. ' This species is described from a single specimen. Form triangular, cuneate; attached by a pedicel 2 mm. high. The cross section is subellip tical, with subacute angles at the ends of the longer transverse axis. No marginal wings, but the edges are irregular. Coste not prominent, seven or eight on each face, distinet, but low, with rounded transverse profile. Very fine girdling lines of growth, some girdling depressions. Septa rather thick, with granulate sides, arranged in six systems, four complete cycles and 16 of the fifth cycle in the systems next the ends of the longer trans- verse axis. Apparent arrangement eight systems of four complete cycles each. Interseptal loculi filling with internal ecaleareous deposit. Columella formed of septal trabeculee. Greater diameter, about 14 mm.; lesser diameter, about 10 mm.; height, 13 mm. Locality— Woods Bluff, Alabama. (C. W. Johnson.) Geologic occurrence—-W oods Bluft beds. type—Wagner Free Institute of Science, Philadelphia. The distinct pedicel and few low costz characterize this species. It probably is an ancestral form of the Plabellum cuneiforme group, to be described later. FLABELLUM LERCHI sp. nov. Pl. III, figs. 8 to 9a. 1895. Flabellum lerchi Vaughan nom. nud. Am. Geol., Vol. XV, p. 217. 1896. Flabellum lerchi Vaughan nom. nud. Bull. U. 8. Geol. Survey No. 142, p. 19. Attached by a very short pedicel, almost sessile. Shape subconiecal, cross section elliptical, varying considerably in the amount of compression. The external surface is highly polished, the epitheca well developed and porcelain-like. Corresponding to the principal septa (first and second 1 Harris, op. et loc. sup. cit. 60 EOCENE AND LOWER OLIGOCENE CORAL FAUNAS, cycles) are distinct subacute ribs. The ribs are so undulated by the lines of growth that they have the appearance of a row of pustules when viewed from the side. Angles at the end of the longer transverse axis of the calice sharp. Septa slightly exsert, usually in four cycles, those of the first two cycles fusing by their inner margins to form the columella. Sometimes as many as 18 septa may reach the columella. The number is usually less. I have not seen any specimen with five complete cycles. Their free inner portions are thrown into undulations, along the crests of which are granu- lations arranged in checkered rows. The columella is solid or shows but few vesicles. | la 2b 3 | | p | | Mm. Mm. | Mm. Greater transverse diameter of calice.............--------| V5 od astees 17 | Lesser transverse diameter of calice............----.-----. 8.25 |. 9 | Heichtioficorallumen sa eee meee noe emerson tec. caves 8.5 LB ete to | LDY youd eV ape CANN oo eee cobs soccspeo tesco cabo sone sonuSS esos | 3.5 9) |lescacess | aPl. LI, fig. 9, 9a. bPI. II, fig. 8. Localities —Pittman’s mill, Claiborne Parish, Louisiana; western Jackson Parish and 10 miles northwest of Winnfield, Louisiana; St. Maurice and SE. 4 of SE. 4 sec. 19, T.19 N., R. 7W., Louisiana; Gonzales, Texas; Newton, Mississippi. Geologic occurence—[ ower Claiborne. types—In the collection of the Louisiana geological survey; also, United States National Museum. Specimens —In the collections of the United States National Museum and of T. H. Aldrich. Named for Dr. Otto Lerch, former State geologist of Louisiana. The species can be easily recognized (1) by its entire lack of any lateral wing above the pedicel; (2) by the fewness of its principal septa; (3) by the distinct, rather prominent costee; and (4) by its glossy porcel- lanous epitheca. FLABELLUM CUNEIFORME Lonsdale. Pl. III, fig. 12 and fig. 10; fig. 10 drawn from cast of one of Lonsdale’s original speci- mens; var. pachyphyllum, PI. III, figs. 11, 13-18; var. acutiforme, Pl. ITI, figs. 19, 20; var. fragile, Pl. III, fig. 21; var. wailesi, Pl. III, figs. 22 to 23a, and PI. IV, fig. 1 to 3a; var. magnocostatum, P1. IV, figs. 4 and 4a. Anthophyllum cuneiforme Conrad. MSS. (teste Lonsdale). DESCRIPTIONS OF SPECIES, 61 1845, Flabellum (2) cuneiforme Lonsdale. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. London, Vol. I, p. 512. 1848. Flabellum cuneiforme Milne-Edwards and Haime. Annales sci. nat., 3d series, Vol. LX, p. 266. 1851. Flabellum cuneiforme Milne-Edwards and Haime. Polyp. foss. des Terr. Pal., p. 32. 1857. Flabellwm cuneiforme Milne-Edwards and Haime. Hist. Nat. des Corall., Vol. II, p. 82. 1861. Flabellum cuneiforme de Fromentel. Introd. 4 Etude des Polyp. foss., p. 89. 1866. Flabellum cuneiforme Conrad. Check List, p. 2. 1890. Flabellum sp. de Gregorio. Mon. de la Faune éocénique de )Ala., p. 257, pl. xliv, figs. 23, 24. Corallum attached by a short pedicel; shape cuneate, compressed, especially in the lower portion. Often there is just above the pedicel a well-marked though not large wing, which becomes obsolete in the upper portion of the corallum. Septa of the first, second, and third cycles have corresponding to them coste, which are sometimes tuberculous in appear- ance. The coste are largest on the middle of the lateral faces. Epitheca fairly well developed, but usually not highly polished. There are girdling lines of growth, and often encircling band-like depressions. The wall frequently has a very irregular surface, due to encircling lines of growth and band-like depressions crossing the costee. The edges of the corallum are irregular, and as high as the wing extends they are acute. Septa rather thin, in five cycles of six systems, fifth cycle not always complete. The appearance is of 24 systems of three cycles each. The first three cycles form the columella by the fusion of their inner margins. ‘Their sides are ornamented with granules arranged in checkered rows; inner margin transversely undulated. Interior of the corallum in lower portion filling up. Calice deep. Height of corallum, 24.5 mm. This specimen is represented im Pl Ui, fig. 12. Claiborne, Alabama; Lonsdale cites Eutaw Springs, Wilming- Localities. ton, and Cave Hall, South Carolina. The varieties are widely distributed in Alabama, Mississippi, Louisiana, Arkansas, and Texas. Geologic occurrence —Claibornian stage. This species is so extremely variable that it is almost impossible to characterize it. The following four or five varieties, which at first appear to be distinct species, can be distinguished. I saw in the collections of the Geological Society of London specimens of Flabellum cuneiforme from Lonsdale’s original material. These specimens 62 EOCENE AND LOWER OLIGOCENE CORAL FAUNAS. are probably the types. They are casts in a yellow argillaceous limestone; no locality is given. I was permitted to make rubber squeezes from the casts, and Pl. III, fig. 10, represents one of them. No further remarks seem necessary. In the United States National Museum is a cast of a Flabellum from Eutaw Springs, South Carolina. In size, shape, ete., this cast agrees in toto with Conrad’s Flabellim wailesi. This is interesting, as the specimen comes from one of Lonsdale’s original localities. Because of the fragmentary character of the material °. cunciforme was originally based upon, we can not fix the exact variety of the species that was Lonsdale’s type, but we can be sure that it was either what Conrad called EF. wailesi or a form between var. wailesi and var. pachyphyllum. FLABELLUM CUNEIFORME Var. PACHYPHYLLUM Gabb and Horn. Pl. ILI, figs. 11 and 13 to 18, 1860. Flabellum pachyphyllum Gabb and Horn. Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 2d ser., Vol. IV, p. 388. 1895. Flabellum cuneiforme var. pachyphyllua Vaughan. Am. Geol., Vol. XV, p. 213. 1896. Flabellum cuneiforme var. pachyphyluon Vaughan, Bull. U. 8. Geol. Survey No. 142, p. 48. This variety may be recognized by its compressed cuneate form, rather thick wall and septa, its smooth external surface, and its polished and thick epitheca. It passes directly into the form figured in Pl. IIT, fig. 18, which lacks the lateral wings entirely, whose sides diverge at a wide angle, and approaches the form that I have named var. acutiforme. Localities —Northwestern Louisiana, ‘Texas, Mississippi; 4 miles northeast of Quitman, Clarke County, Mississippi; McLeod’s mill, Clarke County, Mississippi; Wautubbee Hills, Mississippi; 8 miles west of Enterprise, Clarke County, Mississippi; 105 miles south of west of Enterprise, Clarke County, Mississippi; 4 miles west of Newton, Mississippi; 35 miles southeast of Quit- man, Clarke County, Mississippi; 2 miles southeast of Hickory, Newton County, Mississippi; Coffeeville, Alabama; sec. 17, T. 18 N., R. 6 W., Bienville Parish, Louisiana; Pittman’s mill, SW. 4 of SE. 4, sec. 19, T. 19 N., R. 7 W., Louisiana; SE. 4 of SE. 4 of sec. 26, T. 19 N., R. 9 W., Webster Parish, Louisiana, on road from Minden to Mount Lebanon; Rayburn’s well, see. 29, T. 17 N., R. 5 W., Louisiana; Mount Lebanon, Louisiana; Holstun’s, sec. 17, T. 18 N., R. 5 W., Louisiana; Bold Mound, 9 miles southeast of DESCRIPTIONS OF SPECIES. 63 Jewett, Texas; Elm Creek, Lee County, Texas; San Augustine, Texas; 1 mile below Shipps Ford, Bastrop County, ‘Texas; Alabama Bluff, Trinity River, Houston County, Texas. FLABELLUM CUNEIFORME var. ACUTIFORME var. Nov. Pl. II, figs. 19 and 20. This species has almost no lateral wings just above the pedicel. Its form is triangular, and the sides meet at a decidedly acute angle, about 50°. The basal portion of the co ‘allum is compressed and slender. Mm. Greater diameter of calice ...---------------------7---> 26. 25 Lesser diameter of calice.......-.---.----------------- 12 Height of corallum-<---.2--------------- = 2-780 33 Localities. —St. Maurice, Louisiana; and Mississippi. Geologic occurrence. — [ower Claiborne. types —United States National Museum. FLABELLUM CUNEIFORME var. FRAGILE Var, Nov. Pl. IU, fig. 21. This is a variety found abundantly at McLeod's mill, Suwonlovey Creek, Clarke County, Mississippi; it presents some peculiarities of note. The coralla are compressed, attached by short pedicels; a small lat- eral wing exists on the edges of the lower half of the corallum, above the pedicel. Low, rounded distinct coste correspond to every fourth septum. The epitheca is not polished, and the impressed lines marking the median septal planes are nearly always very distinct. The bottom of the corallum not filled up by internal deposit, as in var. pachyphyllum. The corrallum is quite fragile and tends to break across along the growth curves. The variety is usually smaller than tHe other varieties, but it grades directly into pachyphyllum. Additional locaiity—Bakers Bluff, Alabama (collection of 'T. H. Aldrich). Geologie horizon. —Claibornian, or immediately below the Claiborne sands horizon. types—United States National Museum. 64 EOCENE AND LOWER OLIGOCENE CORAL FAUNAS. FLABELLUM CUNEIFORME var. WAILESI Conrad. Pl. III, figs. 22 to 23a; Pl. IV, figs. 1 to 3a. 1855. Flabellum wailesi Conrad. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sei. Phila., Vol. VII, p. 263. 1866. Flabellum wailesi Conrad. Check List, p. 21. 1886. Flabellum wailesi? Aldrich. Prelim. Rept. on Tert. Foss. of Ala. and Miss., p. 49. 1890. Flabellum wailesi de Gregorio. Mon. de la Faune éocénique de l’Ala., p. 256. 1894. Flabellum wailesi Harris. Tert. geol. south. Ark.: Ann. Rept. Geol. Surv. Ark.. 1892, Vol. II, p. 172. 1895. Flabellum cuneiforme var. wailesi Vaughan. Am. Geol., Vol. XV, p. 223. 1896. Flabellum cuneiforme var. wailesi Vaughan. Bull. U.S. Geol. Survey No. 142, p. 51. This variety may be recognized by its size, which is usually larger than the other varieties of the species, by its very thin wall, its very thin septa, and its thin epitheca. Impressed lines radiating from the pedicel and corresponding to the septa are seen beneath the epitheca. The epitheca is frequently broken away. Crossing the ends of the septa are minute growth, as illustrated in Pl. III, fig. 23a. Conrad in his original description mentioned ‘the impressed radiating lines.” transverse lines of The sides usually diverge at a greater angle than is usual in J”. cuneiforme. In the collection of the Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences there is a variety of this form labeled in manuscript by Conrad “F. percarinatum.” It is subtriangular in outline, is slightly more elongated than is usual in the variety, and the cost in the middle of the faces are rather large. A subvariety is almost conical and quite slender. (See Pl: IV, figs. 3, 3a.) Localities —Jackson and Vicksburg, Mississippi; Montgomery, Louisiana; three-quarters of a mile above Vinces Bluff, Saline River, Arkansas; Ham- maker’s well, sec. 8, T. 12 8., R. 9 W., Arkansas; Wadworth’s well, Long Prairie, Arkansas.’ Geologic occurrence— Jacksonian and Vicksburgian stages. This variety of F. cuneiforme bears considerable resemblance to Hlabellam sedecimcostatum Sokolow. Dr. Sokolow has kindly compared specimens of both, and writes me that he finds the following points of difference: All the specimens of Flabellum from Jekaterinoslaw are more compressed from the sides (von Seiten mehr gedriickt) and also more conical; the edges of the calices, and therefore the lines of growth also, are decidedly less curved than in Flabellum Ark. localities, fide Harris, vide op. sup. cit. > Die unteroligociine Fauna der Glauconitsande bei der Eisenbahnbriicke von Jekaterinoslaw : Mém, du Comité Géologique (Russia), Vol. IX, No. 3, 1894, pp. 100-101, fig. 13 (in Text), pl. ii, figs. 2a, b, c. DESCRIPTIONS OF SPECIES. 65 cuneiforme; the ribs of Flabellum sedecimcostatum are somewhat weaker and more of a size (however, my specimens are more worn). Therefore, it is my opinion that, although Flabellum sedetimcostatum is very near Flabellum cuneiforme, still there is more of a basis for not identifying these two species. The comparison is made in speaking of the relations between Tvocho- cyathus discoides Sokolow and Trochocyathus lunulitiformis (Conrad), (see page 94 of this paper). The amount of compression of F. cuneiforme vay. wailesi varies much, so that apparently the only basis for separating the two species lies in the character of the costae. Whether or not this will hold, must be determined by further work. FLABELLUM CUNEIFORME var. MAGNOCOSTATUM var. nov. Pl. IV, figs. 4 and 4a. In the Red Bluff beds, exposed at Garlands Creek, Mississippi, a curious variety of Flabellum cuneiforme is found. This variety is characterized by having a thick wall and four or five very prominent costze on the faces. It grades into forms without prominent coste and with thin: walls, passing directly into var. wailesi. These varieties of Flabellum cuneiforme occur in a definite geologic suc- cession, and were it not for the presence of intermediate forms, we should be obliged to consider them distinct species. They are a series of connected forms, and we may confidently represent their genetic relations by the following diagram : Red Bluff. Var. wailesi. Var. magnocostatum. Jacksonian. | Var. wailesii (and probably typical cuneiforme). Upper Claiborne. cuneiforme — (probably typical). Var. fragile. Var. acutiforme. perese Var. pachyphyllum, Lower Claiborne. one fe MON XXXIxX——) 66 EOCENE AND LOWER OLIGOCENE CORAL FAUNAS. Since F. pachyphyllum is the radical from which the other varieties are derived, it appears that the species should bear that name, and the other names be referred to varietal positions. The name cuneiforme is the oldest, and according to the law of priority it must stand for the species. It is quite probable that Flabellum johnsoni Vaughan is the ancestral form of this series. FLABELLUM sp. Prof. W. B. Clark sent me six indeterminable specimens of a species of Flabellum collected at Aquia Creek, Virginia. The specimens occur in association with Hupsammia elaborata (Conrad). Corallum compressed cuneiform, attached by a short pedicel, with slightly developed marginal wings above the pedicel. The dimensions of the two largest specimens, whose outer surface is unfortunately so very much corroded that its detail is destroyed, are: | | 1 2 | | | | | Mm. | Mm. Greaternidiameter of: calicens---- seen eeereeee eeeeaanen7-b oo ee eaeeee 14 | 13 Lesseridiameter 0b CalicOsa-sect= c/a oie ie aenitetatele mata = == win mate mieten 9 | < LEI NIAC COLE. posers pagUde QntodS cneces Dsostboe CSSD SESE EOSOOnSSo= 15 14+ | Distinct coste correspond to the larger septa. The number of the septa was not determined with certainty, but is about forty. This may be a new species, but has a resemblance to some varieties of F. cuneiforme, especially to the older varieties of that species. FLABELLUM MORTONI Sp. nov. Pl. IV, figs. 7 to 10. This is one of the species confused with ‘ Turbinolia” inauris Morton, in the collection of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia.’ Corallum cuneiform, base small, edges and faces converging toward it; cross section elliptical. The following gives the dimensions of a series: | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 5 6 | | = F | | Mm. Mm | Mm. Mm. | Mm | Mm | Greater diameter of calice........-.- = 19.5 | econ cesg|lpsectcoce 18.5 | 16 ) 15.75 | Lesser diameter of calice.........-.-.| 12.5 | 13.5 14 |) 12.5 12 | 12 Height of corallum...........-.--:---| 16 | 21 | 20 | 19.5 | 15.5 | 14+. | 1 Vide p. 171 of this paper. DESCRIPTIONS OF SPECIES. 67 Specimens 1 to 3 are the types, and are in the United States National Museum; 4 to 6 are in the collection of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. The outer surface of the corallum is covered by a smooth, polished epitheca; costae may be absent or very slightly developed. In the latter case they are low, usually flattish, and correspond to the intercostal areas. The septa in the upper part of a corallum are thin; in the lower portion they have undergone some secondary thickening, but apparently not to so great an extent as in some of the other species, viz, F’. cuneiforme var. pachy- phyllum or EF. remondianum. The actual number of septa in an adult calice can not be made out with certainty because of the infilling of the calices with foreign material (glauconitic sand) and the decomposition of the septa. There are about 70. PI. IV, fig. 10, represents a cross section of a coral- lum. Its dimensions are: Greater diameter, 13 mm.; lesser diameter, 7 mm. The free margins of the septa show transverse undulations; septal faces granulate. Columella quite poorly developed, false. Locality —“Upper part of second bed of green sand of Cook, or lower part of the third, Williams’, Squankum, New Jersey.” (Meek and Hayden.) The specimens in the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia bear on the accompanying label only ‘‘New Jersey.” Horizon—Shark River beds—probably Claibornian. Types—United States National Museum. This species seems to have as its nearest relative some of the varieties of F. cuneiforme. Its surface is much smoother, the costee being much less developed, and none of the specimens that I have seen show any marginal wings. FLABELLUM REMONDIANUM Gabb. Pl. IV, figs. 5 and 6. 1864. Flabellum remondianum Gabb. Geol. Sury. of California, Paleontology, Vol. I, p. 207, pl. xxvi, fig. 199. 1893. Flabellum remondianum Boyle. North Amer. Mesozoic Invert.: Bull. U.S. Geol. Survey No. 102, p. 127. . 1896. Flabellum remondianum Vaughan. Seventeenth Ann. Rept. U.S. Geol. Survey, Pt. I, pp. 1036-1037, pl. lxiii, figs. 1 and 2. 1897. Flabellum remondianum Merriam. Journ. Geol., Vol. V, pp. 770, 773. The following is Gabb’s description: ‘‘Polypidom triangular, convex on the sides, acute and straight on the lateral margins; sides marked by’ 68 EOCENE AND LOWER OLIGOCENE CORAL FAUNAS. eight or nine prominent radiating ribs, with regularly concave interspaces. Upper surface unknown.” Mr. T. W. Stanton collected near Benicia, California, many casts and ‘specimens of this species embedded in sandstone. From the study of this material the following description has been prepared: Form cuneate, triangular, and compressed; the cross section shows acute, aleeform projections at the ends of the longer transverse axis. On the sides in the upper portion of the corallum there are nine subacute prominent costee, along the crests of which are usually minute tubercles; in the lower portion of the corallum the costze are very indistinct. Occasionally between the prominent cost are fainter ones. The septa in a section of a corallum that was studied were thin, 78 or 81 in number. There were only 22 of the fourth cycle, it being incomplete between one septum of the first eyele and the septum of the second cycle, which corresponds to the middle of one lat- eral face. There were 32 septa of the fifth cycle, intercalated in the systems between the primary septa at the ends of the longer transverse axis and the primaries standing nearest the middle of the lateral faces. Apparently there are a few members of the sixth cycle in two of the systems next the termini of the longer transverse axis. The sides of the septa are granulate. Lower portion of corallum entirely filled by calcareous deposit. Columella parietal. | 1 [<) Mm. Mm. Tong eritrAansverse axis OfiCahiCO\snaae- aes eeci\oe eels seeee ene ecieeee 21 14 Shorteritransyerseaxistof caliceeerassseesaee- cose eee eceaeeeeeeeeee 8) Ssccresee Heightiotrcorallumenecss=s-lec seen aee eee nea see tenes e eee eee See | 11 Locality —Army Point, near Benicia, California. Horizon —‘‘ Martinez and Tejon.” (Dr. J. C. Merriam.) Specimens —United States National Museum. The character of the costee and the aleeform projections are the best eriteria by which to separate this species from the triangular varieties of ; } s F. cuneiforme, to which it is closely related. DESCRIPTIONS OF SPECIES. 69 FLABELLUM CALIFORNICUM Sp. nov. Pl. IV, figs. 11 to 12. Form cuneate, but usually curved in the plane of the shorter transverse axis of the ealice. Attached by a very short pedicel. Cross section com- pressed, elliptical. Surface costate; costae not very prominent; five on each side, slightly larger than the others. Slight girdling depressions. Septa about 52. | 1 | 2 | } | | Mm. Mm. Greaten diameter oficaliceis-- =. ss. oe eases ennn 2s -altele cecscceeise es | 12.5 12 Messer dlameLrerolucalicberscsa. 0 sae ae see cosas celestcitoasscs sell tee) © Ye Heiohtofycorall um\cres -o-seee sieeve eion So ciee ta eacierel seers sosecls | BP) 36 E53 | Locality——T'wo and a half miles northeast of Clayton, Contra Costa County, California. (T. W. Stanton.) Geologic occurrence. —'T'ejon beds (upper part), above coal horizon. types—United States National Museum. The size and shape of the species, its indistinct coste, and the usually curved form of the corallum make it easily identifiable. This is the only curved species that I know from the Eocene of the United States. The specimens are poorly preserved, and do not permit all of the details of the structure to be worked out. FLABELLUM RHOMBOIDEUM Sp. nov. Pl. LV, tigs. 13 to 14. Shape, subeuneiform; seen from the side its outline subtriangular; transverse outline of adult, as seen from above, rhomboid; both the edges and the faces diverge at wide angles. The median portion of the faces is abruptly swollen, as if it had been pushed out from within. Marginal wings rudimentary or absent. The corallum is attached by a short pedicel. There are no coste. The epitheca is very thin, pellicular, and scales off easily; it extends, however, to the calicular margin. When the epitheca is broken away, impressed lines corresponding to the septa are revealed; transverse lines of growth arranged en chevron. Wall thin and weak. 70 EOCENE AND LOWER OLIGOCENE CORAL FAUNAS. Septa thin, weak, with granulate sides. The principal septa vary from 20 to 24, between each pair of which there are three smaller septa. Between each pair of septa there is often a row of small pits! Interseptal loculi not filled with stereoplasm. The columella appears to be a basal deposit laid down around the ends of the septa, and entirely independent of them. The columellar substance is merely plastered on the septal margins and has an independent origin. (See Pl. IV, fig. 14.) The columellar space is not solidly filled. | Greater diameter of calice ....-.-.-..----- se econ socncesoodss IG) ERES soe 13.5 | Lesser diameter, of calice .....-..-.--..----- ---------------- 16 13 12 Height of corallum ......-----.---------- sboceaxsadcos sagas) 15 13.5 | 13.5 Localities —Red Bluff, and near Shubuta, Mississippi. Geologic occurrence —Vicksburgian stage, Red Bluff beds. types—From collection of T. H. Aldrich in the United States National Museum. Specimens— United States National Museum. Genus ALDRICHIA gen. nov. Corallum simple, small, elongate, compressed, attached by a very short and small pedicel. Costze well developed, granulate. Calicular fossa shallow. The columella in the lower part of the corallum consists of a few trabecule that reach across from some septa to those opposite; higher in the corallum, lobes arising on the inner portion of the septa unite to the septa and to one another. These pali-like lobes give to the upper surface of the columella a papillate appearance. There are no true pali, and no essential columella. Septa very slightly exsert, not very numerous, in type species 18 to 24. The septal composition, as made out, is as follows: : At the wall a notch divides the inner portion of the septum from the outside costal portion. This is similar to the condition seen in Platytrochus. The septa are solid, with granulate sides. Looked at one way, the granules | These pits are probably for the insertion of the mesenterial muscles. DESCRIPTIONS OF SPECIES. / 71 appear arranged in rows or curves sloping downward and outward from the columella; in other places they seem arranged in curves parallel to the septal margin. But the granules have another arrangement across the curves, and where each row of granules perpendicular to the margin (in the septal plane) emerges at the surface is a corresponding dentation. Except near the columella, the septal teeth are directed outward; near the columella, they are directed inward. In a ground section parallel to the septal face the calcification centers have one arrangement in nearly horizontal lines or curves, evidently parallel to the septal margin, and another arrangement in diverging lines perpendicular to the transverse lines or curves. The calcifi- cation centers are nearer together in the lines parallel to the septal margin than in those perpendicular to it. Summing up, the septa are composed of trabeculee completely fused, with an area of divergence situated interior to the wall, and have dentations corresponding to the points of emergence of the trabecule on the septal margin. It should be added that the septal dentations are not acute, but are rounded. The origin and character of the columella have already been described. wai.—The ground cross section of a corallum that I have studied is not thoroughly satisfactory, but as the material at my disposal is limited, this section must suffice. The septa, where they are rather remote, seem to project through the wall, and between the distal ends a piece is inserted to effect the fusion. Apparently a true theca is present. But in other places, where the septa stand near together, it appears that the outer ends of the septa are enlarged sufficiently to join with each other directly and form a pseudotheca. Apparently the above is the constitution of the wall, but it can not be asserted positively that this is correct. The occurrence of true and false theca alongside each other is not remarkable, as was pointed out in the introductory chapter on the morphology of the coral skeleton (p. 491). ' ALDRICHIA ELEGANS Sp. Noy. Pl. IV, figs. 15 to 19. Corallum small, straight, or slightly curved in the plane of the longer transverse axis of the calice; elongate; cross section, compressed elliptical; attached by a small, short, nipple-like pedicel. Some specimens may ulti- mately become free. The costz are well developed, granular, rather broad, those next the edges of the corallum often slightly broader than those on ee) EOCENE AND LOWER OLIGOCENE CORAL FAUNAS. the middle of the lateral faces; correspond to all cycles of septa. Inter- costal furrows not very deep. Septa from 18 to 24 in number, very slightly exsert. Their surfaces are beset with small, rather blunt, spines. The columella is trabecular, and in the lower portion of the corallum is very poorly developed; in the upper portion it is reinforced by lobes sent up from the inner ends of the septa. Upper surface papillate. Calice very shallow. 1 2 3 | Mm Mm ifm | Greater diameter of calice.......-..------------------------ Se) 2 2 | Messer Ci aMelery Olee Ml CO pene rcetene alsye sete ie tate telat oteeieterer 1 25 ecle7o ue Height of corallum...........-------------- ---+-+---------- 4.3 3.2 6 Locatities —Dry Creek, Jackson, Mississippi; Montgomery, Louisiana. Geologic occurrence— Jacksonian stage. types—F rom collection of T. H. Aldrich in the United States National Museum; and Wagner Free Institute of Science. Specimens. —United States National Museum and Wagner Free Institute of Science, Philadelphia. In the character of its columella this little species resembles the species of Platytrochus. The following observations were made on a specimen with 18 costae and 18 septa: It is slightly curved in the plane of the longer transverse axis of the calice, and one side of the corallum is a little more convex than the other. Of the 18 costx 12 persist to the top of the pedicel, and there are faint indi- ‘ations of 6 on the pedicel. The septal arrangement is in six systems, each system containing two complete cycles, and there are six septa of the third cycle. The septa of the third cycle arise, one on each side of three septa of the first cycle. These three septa of the first cycle are the two at the ends of the longer transverse axis of the calice and one on the more convex side of the corallum. This method of intercalation of the septa of the third cycle would make the corallum bilaterally unsymmetrical, i. e., seven septa would lie on one side of a plane through the vertical axis of the corallum paral- lel to the longer transverse axis of the calice, and nine would lie on the other side. In order to maintain the bilateral symmetry, a twisting takes place, by which one of the tertiary septa stands at one end of the longer transverse DESCRIPTIONS OF SPECIES. (3) axis of the calice. As a result of this twisting, eight septa lie on each side of a plane through the vertical axis of the corallum parallel to the longer transverse axis of the calice. In specimens with 24 septa there are three complete cycles in six sys- tems. Genus PLATYTROCHUS Milne-Edwards and Haime. 1848. Platytrochus Milne-Edwards and Haime. Annales sci. nat., 3d ser., Vol. IX, p. 246. 1857. Platytrochus Milne-Edwards and Haime. Hist. Nat. des Corall., Vol. Il, p. 71. 1884, Platytrochus P.M. Dunean. Jour. Linn. Soc., London, Vol. XVIII, p. 18. The following is the characterization of the genus given in the Histoire Naturelle des Corallaires : Le polypier est simple, droit, cunéiforme et ne présente aucune trace W’adhérence. La columelle est essentielle, fasciculée et terminée par une surface papilleuse. Les cloisons sont débordantes, larges, trés-peu inégales et fortement granulées latérale- ment. la muraille est nue, mais présente des cétes de deux sortes; celles qui occupent le milieu de chaque face du polypier s’élargissent 4 mesure qu’elles s’élévent; celles qui sont situées sur les cétés sont, au contraire, plus fortes et beaucoup plus larges vers la base que pres du calice; de sorte que les bords latéraux du polypier sont presque paralleles. The first intimation that this characterization of the genus was faulty was given by de Gregorio when he described Platytrochus claibornensis, in his Mon- ographie de la Faune éocénique de PAlabama. Tn speaking of the columella of that species he says, ‘“Columella ficta, irregulari, palis efformata.” From a study of longitudinal sections of Platytrochus stokesi and P. claibornensis, I can assert that the columella is not essential, as both Milne-Edwards and Haime and Duncan state. De Gregorio is mistaken when he says ‘“palis efformata,” for there are no true pali. On the inner margins of the septa there are small pillar-like lobes. The papillate axis of the corallum, hitherto denominated the papillate termina- tion of the columella, is nothing but these lobes derived from the inner ter- minations of the septa. These lobes are inclined inward, so that along the inner border of a septum a series of lobes ranged one above another can be distinguished. As any given lobe would increase in height, due to its incli- nation, it would approach an axial position. When the lobes approximate one another closely, they frequently fuse. In some instances appar- ently the ends of opposed septa fuse across the axial space. In Platytrochus there is no essential columella, i. e., the columella is not a separate element of the corallum structure, having an existence independent of the septa. 74 EOCENE AND LOWER OLIGOCENE CORAL FAUNAS. The columella in this genus is derived in the same way as in the new genus Aldrichia deseribed in this monograph. (See Pl. IV, fig. 24.) In the definition of the genus Platytrochus the following modification must be made: Columella false, formed by the fusion of lobes from the inner margins of the septa, or by the fusion across the axial space of the immer margins of the septa. ‘ This necessitates the removal of Platytrochus from the alliance Placo- trochoida to which Dunean referred it. The mode of costal increase is very important. ‘This is noted on page 76, in the description of P. goldfussi. The following notes on the structure of the septa and wall may be added: The septal margin is divided by a notch at the wall into a portion inter- nal to the wall and one external thereto. The septa are solid, and are composed of ascending trabeculae, whose courses are marked by rows of eranulations. There is a line of trabecular divergence approximately half- way between the wall and columella. Each trabecula, where it emerges at the septal margin, has corresponding to it a prominent tooth. The teeth are not especially sharply pointed. The columella has already been described in detail. wai.—In the distal portion of a septum there are several sets of calcifi- cation centers alongside one another, and between the enlarged ends of the septa a line of fusion can be distinguished (see PI. V, fig. 8). The theca is false. In the thin inner portion of the septa there is a single series of calci- fication centers, and in the thicker distal portion there are several series of centers. PLATYTROCHUS STOKESI (Lea). Pl. IV, figs. 20 to 24; Pl. V, figs. 1, la, and 8. 1833. Turbinolia stokesii Lea, Contrib. to Geol., p. 194, pl. vi, fig. 207. 1838. Turbinolia stokesii Michelotti. Spec. zoophyt dil., p. 56. 1845. Endopachys (pars) Lonsdale. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. London, Vol. I, p. 514, figs. b and ¢. 1848. Turbinolia stokesii Bronn. Index Pal., p. 1316. 1848. Platytrochus stokesii Milne-Edwards and Haime. Annales sci. nat., 3d ser., Vol. IX, p. 247, pl. vii, fig. 7. DESCRIPTIONS OF SPECIES. TS 1850, Platytrochus stokesti VOrbigny. Prodr. de Pal., étage 25, num. 1245, 1851, Platytrochus stokesiti Milne-Kdwards and Haime. Polyp. foss. des Terr. Pal., p. 29. 1857. Platytrochus stokesii Milne-Edwards and Haime. Hist. Nat. des Corall., Vol. II, p. 72. 1861. Platytrochus stokesii de Fromentel. Introd. ’ ’ Etude des Polyp. foss., p. 93. 1866. Platytrochus stokesii Conrad. Check List, p. 2. 1831. Platytrochus stokesiti Quenstedt. Réhren- u. Sternkorallen, p. 941, pl. elxxix, fig. 75. 1886. Platytrochus stokesii Aldrich. Prelim. Rept. on Tert. Foss. of Miss. and Ala., p. 49. 1886. Platytrochus stokesii Meyer and Aldrich. Jour, Cincinnati Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. IX, No. 2, p. 50. 1890. Platytrochus stokesii de Gregorio. Mon. de la Faune éocénique de l’Ala., p. 254, pl. xlv, figs. 1-14. Shape short cuneate, transverse outline elliptical, base emarginate. Costee 24, corresponding to all of the septa. The nine costz on the middle portion of a face converge toward the base, and become narrower as the base is approached; the marginal costee, i. e., those at the ends of the longer transverse axis, and those standing immediately next them, become wider toward the base. The costz next the marginal ones are the larger, and are very much expanded inferiorly. All of the coste are granular; the seven in the middle of a face begin as a single row of granules; they later become three granules alongside one another. The eight intercostal furrows on the middle portion of a face are nearly straight; the furrows immediately outside of those do not converge uniformly toward the base, but near the basal end of the corallum usually bend outward. Septa 24, three cycles. Those of the first and second cycle meet the columella. The septa of third cycle fuse by their inner margins to the sides of those of the first. The surface beset with sharp granules. The upper margins of the septa crenate-dentate and the inner portions undulated. No true pali present. Columella described in discussing the genus. Greater transverse diameter of calice .............---..----- | 5 5.7 Lesser transverse diameter of calice. .... ..-. 2... ace ---2 cece | 4 4.5 | 4,25 Height ots coral. sameaaaetae sania The mode of costal and septal increase is the same in Platytrochus as in Sphenotrochus (see pp. 82-84). DESCRIPTIONS OF SPECIES. ie middle of the base. Septa 24 to 36 in number. Columella with a papillate upper surface. 1 2 3 4a Mm. Mm. Mm. Mm. Longer transverse axis of calice.............-...--. 4.5 4.3 4 4.3 Shorter transverse axis of calice..-....--........--. 3 3 2.7 3.2 Heizhtrotecorallomerenmesmanetkee-leeniseee( ones eee 6.8 5.6 | 5 6 «The base of this specimen is 5 mm. wide, exceptionally broad. Localities —Claiborne, Alabama, and White’s marl bed, Monroe County, Alabama. Geologic occurrence— Upper Claiborne. This species can usually be separated from P. stokesi by its more elongate form, but that character will not hold always. The following three distinctions, I believe, are of constant value: (1) the surface of P. stokesi is rougher than that of P. goldfussi; (2) the intercotal furrows of P. stokest are deeper and wider than in P. goldfussi; (3); the number of the costz in P. stokesi never exceeds 24, while there may be more in P. goldfussi. I carefully examined 860 specimens of P. stokesi to ascertain whether the number of the costae was constant. The young specimens of these two species resemble one another very closely, indicating their near relationship. PLATYTROCHUS CLAIBORNENSIS de Gregorio. PI Vi, figs: 9 to 12. 1890. Platytrochus claibornensis de Gregorio. Mon. de la Faune éocénique de |’ Ala., p. 255, pl. xlv, figs. 21-22. Original description : Plat. cuneatus, compressus, subflabellatus; calice elliptico; septis 44, paulo irregu- laris; columella ficta, irregulari, palis efformata; costis angustis, confluentibus, sub- granulosis, paulo sinuosis. Haec species differt a duabus praecedentibus propter costas et septa multo magis numerosa, angusta, et minus regulares. Multo magis rara est quam iis. Translation : Plat. cuneate, compressea, subflabellate; with elliptical calice; 44 septa, slightly irregular; columella false, irregular, formed of the pali; cost narrow, confluent, subgranular, slightly sinuous. This species differs from the two preceding on account of its much more numerous, narrow, and less regular cost and septa. Much rarer than they. 78 EOCENE AND LOWER OLIGOCENE CORAL FAUNAS. M. de Gregorio has characterized this species very well. The costee in this species are very different from those of the two preceding. Through- out most of their length the costs of P. stokesi and P. goldfussi are made up of a double or triple row of granules; but those of P. claibornensis, except next the edges where they are thick and confused, show scarcely any gran- ulations, and the granules are usually in a single row. The cost, except near the edges, resemble very closely those of Sphenotrochus. The columella in this species is identical in its general characters with those of the two preceding. In a longitudinal section it is seen that addi- tions are made to it by paliform lobes, which arise from the septa and are slightly inclined inward. Later these pseudopali are united to the septa by cross connections between them, leaving the line of fusion indicated by a row of holes. Seen from above, the columella has a papillate surface. Mm. Greatendiameternohealicese.se setae eee eee eee eee 3.6 Messenadiameter ot calicere sass 44 oe eee 2 Fei ohtofecorallum pees see ses ee eee eect ere ere 5 Locality—Claiborne, Alabama. Geologic occurrence. —Claiborne sands. A grain of sand is frequently included in the base of a specimen. Genus DISCOTROCHUS Milne-Edwards and Haime. 1848. Discotrochus Milne-Edwards and Haime. Annales sci. nat., 3d ser., Vol. IX, p. 251. 1857. Discotrochus Milne-Edwards and Haime. Hist. Nat. des Corall., Vol. II, p. 76. 1883. Discotrochus Zittel. Traité de Pal., Vol. I, p. 275. 1884. Discotrochus P.M. Duncan. Revisionof the Genera of Madreporaria: Jour, Linn- Soc., London, Vol. X VIII, p. 30. “Corallum simple, discoid, free, without any trace of the place of fixation. Calice somewhat flat, columella fasciculate and papillate on its surface. Septa slightly exsert. The wall horizontal, naked, and presenting simple costze.”’ The wall is, at least in part, a pseudotheca. The columella is com- posed of several erect rods (or erect trabeculae) that fuse from place to place one to another or to the septa by crossbars. The septal trabeculze next the columella are erect, and sometimes, by becoming separate from the main 1 Hist. Nat. des Corall., loc. cit. DESCRIPTIONS OF SPECIES. (ie) septal mass, reinforce the columella. Passing outward, the trabeculee bend more and more from the columella. The septal margins are crenate. There are processes extending inward from the wall similar to those seen in T’rocho- cyathus lunulitiformis and T. depressus. Synapticulee (pseudo) are sometimes present near the places of fusion of the higher to the lower cycles of septa. Where the septa come very close together the lateral granules sometimes fuse across the interseptal loculi. DISCOTROCGHUS ORBIGNIANUS Milne-Edwards and Haime. Pl. V, figs. 13 to 19b. 1848. Discotrochus orbignianus Milne-Edwards and Haime. Annales sci. nat., 3d ser., Vol. IX, p. 252, pl. vii, fig. 6. 1851. Discotrochus orbignianus Milne-Edwards and Haime. Polyp. foss. des Terr. Pal., p. 30. 1857. Discotrochus orbignianus Milne-Edwards and Haime. Hist. Nat. des Corall., Vol. II, p. 76. 1861. Discotrochus orbignianus de Fromentel. Introd. a VEtude des Polyp.foss., p. 93. 1881. Discotrochus orbignianus Quenstedt. Réhren- und Sternkorallen, p. 948, pl. elxxix, fig. 95. 1895. Discotrochus orbignianus Vaughan. Am. Geol., Vol. XV, p. 215. 1896. Discotrochus orbignianus Vaughan. Bull. U.S. Geol. Survey No, 142, p. 48. The following is a translation of the original description: Corallum very flat; lower surface concave in its central portion, horizontal near the edges. Coste unequal, rather large, slightly prominent, indistinct in the central part, which is separated trom the flat marginal portion by asmall circular rim. Calice somewhat flat, or very slightly convex, with fossa scarcely indicated. Columella moderately developed. Five orders of septa; six equal systems. Septa unequal, slightly elevated, regularly convex above, moderately thin, crowded together; those of the fourth and fifth orders larger than the tertiaries. The faces covered with very large grains, almost equally spaced, but disposed in series sensibly vertical. Height, 1.5 mm.; diameter, 6mm. Fossil from Alabama. Collection Alcide d’Orbigny. This description is so excellent that I do not change it. The young individuals of this species present certain peculiarities worthy of note. A series of young specimens are represented in Pl. V, figs. 14 to 16a.. The youngest specimens that I have are disk-like, or, differently expressed, resemble a section of a small cylinder. The specimen shown in Pl. V, fig. 14, is 4.5 mm. in diameter and about 1 mm. high. It has an almost perpendicular wall and shows no sign of attachment. In the next stage the costs around the base begin to project beyond the perpendicular wall and to form with the septa an arch extending through 80 EOCENE AND LOWER OLIGOCENE CORAL FAUNAS. and over the wall. A continuation of this mode of development ultimately results in the normal adult form, as shown in PL. V, figs. 17, ete. There is considerable variation in the curving of the septal margins around the periphery of the corallum. In some specimens the peripheral part of the corallum is quite thin, the costal margin being rounded so abruptly into the septal margin that they almost make an angle with one another. In other specimens the periphery of the corallum is quite thick, the costal margin then passing by a gentle curve into that of the septum. This is the only especially noteworthy variation that I have noticed. Additional localities —Upper layer, Sowilpa Creek and Coffeeville Landing, Tombigbee River, Alabama; Wautubbee Hills, Mississippi; 2 miles south- east of Hickory, Newton County, Mississippi; 3 miles northeast of Newton, Newton County, Mississippi; 1 mile south of Hickory, Mississippi; 6 miles west of Desoto Station, Clarke County, Mississippi; 1 mile south of Hickory, Mississippi; 8 miles south of Hickory, Mississippi; railroad 44 miles east of Newton, Mississippi; near Mount Lebanon, Louisiana; Pittman’s mill, Claiborne Parish, Louisiana; Shipps Ford, Bastrop County, Texas; Ala- bama Bluff, Trinity River, Houston County, Texas. Geologic eccurrence—] ower Claiborne. The only other species of this genus known to me are Discotrochus michellottii M.-Edw. and H., from the Miocene of Turin, Discotrochus duncani Reuss, Miocene of Austro-Hungary, and Discotrochus ? alternans Sokolow, Lower Oligocene of Jekaterinoslaw, southern Russia. Genus SPHENOTROCHUS Milne-Edwards and Haime. SPHENOTROCHUS NANUS (Lea). Pl. V,.figs. 20 to 24, fig. 22 (7). 1833. Turbinolia nana Lea. Contrib. to Geol., p. 195, pl. vi, fig. 209, 1838. Turbinolia nana Michelotti. Spee. zoophyt. dil., p. 55. 1848. Sphenotrochus ? nanus Milne-Edwards and Haime. Annales sci. nat., 3d ser., Vol. 1X, p. 246. 1861. Sphenotrochus ? nanus de Fromentel. Introd. 4 Etude de Polyp. foss., p. 93. 1890. Platytrochus nanus Lea sp. dub. de Gregorio. Mon. de la Faune éocénique de PAla., p. 255. Description of Lea's type, in the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. — /'orm cuneate, transverse outline elliptical. Strong costa of nearly equal prominence cor- responding to all of the septa; those on the lateral faces corresponding to ~ DESCRIPTIONS OF SPECIES. 81 the septa of the first cycle’ trifurcate a short distance above the base. This method of trifureation is shown in Pl. V, fig. 20. Septa in three cycles, 24 in number. Those of the first two cycles reach the columella. Their surfaces granulate. Columella lamelliform. Seen from the side it presents an outline like the base of a cordate leaf. The central projection seen from above shows that it consists of two elongate little knobs, one on each side of the vertical axis, i. e., along the shorter transverse axis of the calice. These little knobs are shown in the upper surface view of the calice, Pl. V, fig. 20a. Mm Greater transverse axis of calice .......--.----..--------- 1.8 Lesser transverse axis of calice ........--.-----.--------- i Height of corallum...-...----------+--+-+-+eeeee sere eee 2.7 Locality —Claiborne, Alabama. Geologic occurrence—Claiborne sands. Pl. V, figs. 20 and 20a, are drawn from Lea’s original type. Lea’s figure is not absolutely correct in the details of the coste. In the side view (Pl. V, fig. 20) the specimen was turned a little. Lea’s type is a young specimen. The following additional notes are based on material in the United States National Museum. The measurements for the large specimen (PI. V, fig. 22) are: Mm. Greater transverse axis of calice --...-------------------- 5 (or more). Lesser transverse axis of calice....-..-------------------- 3 Height of corallum........--.------------------4----+--- 7.3 The costa are rounded in profile and are granular. This specimen might be Sp. claibornensis sp. nov. Its state of preser- vation is not pertect. In order to get an accurate comprehension of the species, it seems best to trace its development as closely as the material at my disposal will permit. The specimen which shows the youngest stage of all the specimens that I possess is 2mm. high. It shows four coste originating at the bottom of the base; two other cost, one standing at each end of the longer trans- verse axis, are introduced very soon after, making six. One more costa is 1In this description the cycles are denominated as traditionally understood. MON XXXIX 6 82 EOCENE AND LOWER OLIGOCENE CORAL FAUNAS. soon developed on the middle of each lateral face, making eight. In the next succeeding stage eight more coste are introduced, bringing the number up to 16. The next stage possesses 24 septa. Hach costa standing next the median costa of each lateral face has another costa introduced on each side of it—four costa on each face, eight in all. These eight, added to the 16 previously developed, make 24. The next young specimens to be described being attached do not permit the costal development to be followed so closely. The youngest specimen, or at least the smallest, is 1.5 mm. high, and is attached to a sand grain. It shows 16 costa extending to the object of support. Soon after this a costa is introduced on either side of each one of the four costz standing next the median costee of the lateral faces. So that the young coral, only 1.5 mm. high, has already (so called) three cycles of septa and as many coste. Twelve septa (every other one) reach the columella. The specimen next in size to the.one last described is about 2.75 mm. high. It has the same number of costze and septa. The costee are not very tall, are somewhat thin, and have a rounded edge. On the flat side are striations that run in a horizontal direction. At this stage no costa shows a tendency to become especially thicker than the others. The col- umella is as represented in the figure of the calice of Lea’s type, Pl. V, fiz. 20. Most of the twelve large septa show a thickening on the inner margin, just before joining the columella, and at the thickening a small tooth can be distinguished. The next stage is represented by a specimen of the following dimensions: Mm. Greateridiameter oficaliceseeeeemeseeece eee ae see eee 20 essen diametersof caliceseeeeareeeete cee eee He (5) Heighttotcorallumeeeseeeeee terete. see see eee 4, 25 The calice of this specimen is represented by Pl. V, figs. 21 and 21a. The costae are rather low, flat or rounded in profile, and possess minute granulations. At this stage ten additional costee have been added, one costa on each side of each of the four costae on the faces of the coral- lum, next the septa at the ends of the shorter axis of the calice; and two more costze have arisen, one on each side of one costa of the last cycle standing next the one on the middle of the face. The costz standing at DESCRIPTIONS OF SPECIES. 83 the ends of the longer transverse axis, and those standing immediately next to these have become wider than the others. Along the edges of each wider costa is a double row of granulations, one on each side of the sum- mit. Where I could find granulations along the summits of the narrower cost there was only a single row. On the sides of the costs are the striations already noted. Passing to the septa: There are 34 septa; on one side of a vertical plane through the longer axis of the calice there are 15, while on the other side there are 17. This asymmetry is surely only temporary. The thick- ening of the septa near their inner termini have progressed so far that they have fused to a considerable extent and have formed an apparent lamina on each side of the real columella, which is very distinct and absolutely typical. The last stage would probably be represented by the large specimen already noted, and whose measurements are given. (PI. V, fig. 22.) The base of this specimen is broken, so it can be seen that it is solid. The costee at the termini of the longer transverse axis of the calice and those standing next have become decidedly wider than the others. In fact, the three costz nearest each end of the longer transverse axis on each face are wider than those on and near the median portion of the lateral faces. There are now 40 coste and a corresponding number of septa. ‘The last eight costee have arisen, one on each side of each costa, standing on each side of each secondary costa at the ends of the shorter transverse axis of the calice. The descent of the costee and corresponding septa can be summarized thus: Ttsin aol AE Reeo nl Os -6h65s epeeso see sodDO arac Sboend epescoboeeeEeuEorS 444 Third cycle, on each side of each member of first cycle......--.---.----------- 8 Fourth cycle, on each side of the four that stand next the secondaries on the ACOH US TERN ENCES) 2c ba oat oeeeseoades ace *sadchoncécconn soeHeeEeE See 8 Fifth cycle, on each side of the four quaternaries that stand next the secondaries OnRne mid dleorbhenlabenalistea Ces a = sere as ater ee estes ere eters eens slo iml =n) 1-12) 8 Sixth cycle, introduced in same relative position .........-.-.---------------- 8 MOE) 3 patos ope. OOS ES Se CRE ae? BOGS CORES tears ioc aot eer 40 By an examination of the figures most of these features can be dis- tinctly seen. New septa and new cost are introduced at four points only, 84 ECCENE AND LOWER OLIGOCENE CORAL FAUNAS. i. e., on each side of the costa or septum standing next the one in the vertical plane of the shorter diameter of the calice. All the septa in this large specimen seem to reach the columella, but the calice is not perfect. The thickening near the inner ends of the septa has progressed still further, so there appears to be a lamina on each side of the columella and joined to it by prolongations of the septa through the lamina. The columella itself presents no peculiar characters. In both the young and old specimens, in the intercostal furrows are pits, arranged in double rows, and they apparently perforate the wall. The details of the septal structure as interpreted from a study of the flat surface of a septum are as follows: The septal margin, generally speaking, would be described as entire, but it shows delicate crenations, the crenations corresponding to the emer- gence at the surface of rows of granules. The septa are solid, made up of completely fused ascending trabecule. There is a line of divergence at the interior edge of the wall. Interior to this line the trabecule pass upward, inclining slightly inward; exterior to it they bend outward at a considerable angle. The arrangement of the granules, the delicate, faint striations around the septal margins, and the direction of the marginal crenations were used to determine the trabecular constitution. It should also be noted that the septa seem to join pali, which stand between the septa proper and the columella. In the longitudinal section are four vertical rows of pores. The two external rows indicate the demar~ vation between septa and pali; of the other two rows, one is on each side of the columella and indicates the lines of junction by cross projections between it and the pali. (See Pl. V, fig. 23.' specimens—United States National Museum; Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences, Lea’s type. There has been much misunderstanding concerning this little species, probably because it is so rare. M. de Gregorio seems to have had no speci- men of it. The systematic position given to the form by Milne-Edwards and Haime is undoubtedly the correct one. M. de Gregorio confused it 1 Some notes on the soft parts of the recent Sphenotrochus rubescens are given by Fowler in the Quart. Jour. Microse. Sci. (N.8.), Vol. XX VIII, No. 111, Feb., 1888, pp. 421-4124. He states that the soft tissues are outside the theca, there is no peripheral lamellie of the mesenteries, and the cost corre- spond to entoceelic septa. DESCRIPTIONS OF SPECIES. 85 with forms of Platytrochus, but it does not possess the broad marginal cost nor the columella characteristic of that genus. Milne-Edwards and Haime, from Lea’s figure, considered the species very close to Sphenotrochus milletianus (Defrance). From the figure of Sp. milletianus, given by Michelin,’ the two forms appear very distinct. The sides of Sp. milletianus, at the end of the longer transverse axis, are subparallel; the corallum may possibly be narrower at the calicular margin. The sides of Sp. nanus, however, taper to the base. SPHENOTROCHUS CLAIBORNENSIS Sp. NOV. Pl. VI, figs. 1 to 3a; PI. V, fig. 22 (?). Corallum cuneiform; cross section compressed elliptical; base rather narrow or quite wide, but in the latter case narrower than the length of the greater transverse diameter of the calice. In the base a sand grain is some- times included. Measurements of four specimens give the following: | 1 2 3 4 Mm. | Mm. Mm. | Mm. Greater diameter of calice ..-.-.---.----------------- | 3.10 4.5 5 5 Lesser diameter of calice -....-..----.-------------- 2 2.3 3 25D | Height of corallum -.--.---------------------+++---- RH | 6 7 fia | | The calicular margin is considerably lower at the ends of the longer transverse axis than at the ends of the shorter. The two costz, one at each end of the longer transverse axis, and the costze standing immediately next these two—six in all—are wider than the others, and are densely granulate. The other costz are narrow, and are simple costal plates, or may be in part a single row of granules, or may be partly composed of a double row of eranules. All three conditions are represented. The mode of costal develop- ment is identical with that already described for Sphenotrochus nanus, 1. e., new costz are introduced at only four points, on each side of the costz standing next the cost at the ends of the shorter transverse axis of the corallum. The costz correspond to the septa. There are 40 septa in speci- men No. 3 of the above table of measurements; in specimen No. 4 there are 36. Very many of the septa reach the columella. The upper margins 1 Ieonographie Zoophytologique, pl. Ixxiv, fig. 1. 86 EUCENE AND LOWER OLIGOCENE CORAL FAUNAS, are somewhat, though not very greatly, elevated above the wall, and are entire; there are no dentations, and if crenations are present they are very faint. ‘The inner septal edges are thickened and have a decided tendency to fuse laterally. The septal faces are covered by many small granulations, which are arranged in more or less regular curves parallel to the upper septal margin, and possess also a linear arrangement. The inferred trabecu- lar constitution is the same as in Sp. nanus. The columella is lamellar, but is peculiar in that it terminates above in about six elongated knots, which are arranged with their longer axes in the plane of the longer diameter of the ealice. The calicular fossa is not very deep. Locality. —Claiborne, Alabama. (Burns, Schuchert, and L. C. Johnson.) Horizon —C]aiborne sands. types—United States National Museum. This species can be easily distinguished from Sp. nanus by (1) the tend- ency of the costa to be granular, (2) the upper termination of the columella (cf. figures), and (3) its larger size, though there may be an occasional over- grown specimen of Sp. nanus. Genus TURBINOLIA Lamarck. TURBINOLIA PHARETRA Lea. Pl. Vi, figs: 5) to, 10: 1833. Turbinolia pharetra Lea. Contrib. to Geol., p. 196, pl. vi, fig. 210. 1838. Turbinolia pharetra Bronn. Leth. geog., Vol. II, p. 900. 1838. Turbinolia pharetra Michelotti. Spec. zoophyt. dil., p. 64. 1848, Turbinolia sulcata Bronn (partim). Ind. Pal., p. 1316. 1848, Turbinolia pharetra Milne-Edwards and Haime. Annales sci. nat.,3d ser., Vol. IX, p. 235. 1850. Turbinolia pharetra @Orbigny. Prodr..de Pal., étage 25, num. 1242. 1852, Turbinolia pharetra Ferd. Roemer. Die Kreidebildungen von Texas, p. 5. 1857. Turbinolia pharetra Milne-Edwards and Haime. Hist. Nat. des Corall., Vol. I, p. 63. 2%, 1861. Turbinolia pharetra de Fromentel. Introd. 4 ’Etude des Polyp. foss., p. 91. 1866. Turbinolia pharetra Conrad. Check List, p. 2. 1886. Turbinolia pharetra Aldrich. Prelim. Rept. on Tert. Foss. Ala. and Miss., p. 49. 1890, Turbinolia pharetra de Gregorio. Mon. de ‘la Faune éocénique VAla., p. 254, pl. xliv, figs. 12-19. j 1895. Turbinolia pharetra Vaughan. Am. Geol., Vol. XV, p. 213. 1896, Turbinolia pharetra Vaughan. Bull. U. S. Geol. Survey No. 142, pp. 48, 49. Shape elongate, conical. Wall a true theca. Costee 24 in number, rather prominent, rounded in profile but not flattened, margins simple, entire. DESCRIPTIONS OF SPECIES. 87 At the calicular opening they are of equal size. Near the base 12 of the coste are larger, the intermediate ones becoming very insignificant; only 6 are prolonged to the basal tip. Intercostal furrows perforated by a double row of pores, Septa moderately exsert, with entire margins, in three cycles, 24 in number, their surfaces granulate. Columella strong, terminated above in a hexagonal star, which projects slightly above the upper margins of the septa. The septa of the first cycle fuse to the rays of the star. When a corallum of Turbinolia pharetra is cut longitudinally across the septal planes, i. e., tangentially, it is seen that the septal surface is trans- versely fluted (see Pl. VI, fig. 10). When the flat surface of a septum is examined, an extremely curious ornamentation meets the eye. Sloping downward from the wall, at an angle of about 45°, are regularly spaced, parallel rows of granules. Near the base of the corallum there are two granules in each row; near the top four or five is the usual number. The length of the rows is about half the distance between the wall and the colu- mella. Along a middle vertical line on the side of the septum a series of swellings on the septal surface begins. These are spaced similarly to the rows of granules and are in a certain sense continuations of them. A row of granules and a septal swelling together form a series. Where the eran- ules cease the septal swelling begins, but the latter do not run in the same direction as the former. They swing into a horizontal position and continue to the columella. The swellings are simply the septal undulations. (See PVA, fied.) In order to show the striking difference between Turbinolia pharetra and Turbinolia sulcata Lamarck, with which it has been compared, a longitudinal section of Turbinolia sulcata is represented on Pl. VI, fig. 4. 2 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | | | = | x ar =e Toa | Mm Mn | Mm. Mm. Min Mm. | | Diameter of calice.........-..---- 2:25)|| \SBeNM yeah oF Bre face! | ges «| | | Height of corallum............... | 621] ‘@6 | SMA CAe eI sae | Specimen No. 6 is the one from which Pl. VI, fig. 9, was drawn. It belongs to a variety quite abundant in the Lower Claiborne horizons of 88 EOCENE AND LOWER OLIGOCENE CORAL FAUNAS. Louisiana and Texas. It is shorter and thicker than typical Turbinolia pharetra and the coste are somewhat sharper. Although some minor dif- ferences can be pointed out, it does not seem possible, in view of the hundreds of specimens that I have examined, to separate it from Turbinolia pharetra. Localities —Kocene of Alabama, Mississippi, Louisiana, and Texas; 1 mile below Shipps Ford, Bastrop County, Texas; Lexington, Lee County, Texas; Bold Mound, 9 miles southeast of Jewett, Texas; Lewis House, 2 miles east of Alto, Texas; Alabama Bluff, Trinity River, Houston County, Texas; Moseleys Ferry, Brazos River, Burleson County, Texas; Black Shoals, or Colliers Ferry, and Smithville, Texas; Elm Creek, Lee County, Texas; Gosport, Claiborne, near Pugh’s, Sowilpa Creek, and T. A. Rumbley’s, Monroe County, in Alabama; Jackson, Mississippi; Holstun’s well, 5 miles southeast of Gibbsland, Louisiana; Rayburn’s well, sec. 29, T.17 N., R.5 W., Louisiana; Montgomery, Louisiana. Geologic occurrence—Upper and Lower Claiborne and Jacksonian stage. Milne-Edwards and Haime say: ‘This species has the same form as Turbinolia sulcata, from which it differs by its ribs, which are not very prominent, but large, especially in the lower portion. The intercostal fur- rows are however rather large.”' The very striking differences in the lateral ornamentation of the septa have been shown. The columella also is very different. In fact, the two species have very little in common. . TURBINOLIA WAUTUBBEENSIS Sp. nov. PID VI, figs! 1 to 1:2: Shape conical, with a subobtuse base. Cross section circular. Coste 48 in number; 24 correspond to the 24 septa, and 24 are rudimentary cost, At the calicular margin the cost corresponding to the septa are all of the same size, while the rudimentary costz are smaller. As the base is approached the costze corresponding to the septa become much larger and more prominent; about one-third of the distance from the calicular margin to the base the rudimentary costee become smaller; then all of the coste grow smaller until, about 1.3 mm. from the apex, those corresponding to the primary and secondary septa become larger and more prominent again, those corresponding to the tertiaries becoming much finer. At this second enlarge- ' Hist. Nat. des Corall., Vol. II, p. 63. DESCRIPTIONS OF SPECIES. 89 ment the rudimentary coste disappear. The primary and secondary cost seem to continue to the apex of the base. All of the costz are rather com- pressed; their margins are entire and smooth. The intercostal furrows are perforated. The wallisrather thin. Septa 24, in three cycles, six systems, somewhat exsert, faces undulated, granular. The ornamentation of the sides of the septa is of the same type as in T. pharetra, but shows very important differences in the minor details. The first difference is that the ornamentation of 7. wautubbeensis is less regular. The rows of granules on the outer portion of the septum slope downward and inward, but extend more than halfway across the septal face. In the rows the granules are not so absolutely regular as in 7. pharetra. Another difference is that the transverse undulations of the septa are less pronounced than in 7. pharetra. A close examination of the margin of a septum showed that the granular arrangement, and by inference the trabecular constitution of the septa, is of the same general type as all the preceding corals here discussed. ‘The granules are formed in curves parallel to the upper septal margins. On the inside of the wall corresponding to the highest point in the arch of the septal margin there seems to be an area of divergence. The outward-directed granules can be seen distinctly only at the septal margin. The columella projects far above the corallum wall; presents a star-shaped outline when seen from above. Diameter, 4mm.; height, 9 mm.; columella projects 1 mm. above the corallum wall. Localities: —Wautubbee, Mississippi; Claiborne, Alabama (Lisbon hori- zon); Holstun’s, 5 miles southeast of Gibbsland, Louisiana. Geologic occurrence —L,ower Claiborne. types—PI. VI, figs. 11 to 11b, from collection of T. H. Aldrich in the United States National Museum; Pl. VI, fig. 12, from United States National Museum. TURBINOLIA ACUTICOSTATA Vaughan. Pl. VI, figs. 15 to 13b. 1895. Turbinolia acuticostata Vaughan. Johns Hopkins Univ. Cire., Vol. XV, No. 121, p. 6. 1896. Turbinolia acuticostata Vaughan. Bull. U.S. Geol. Survey No. 141, p. 89. Conical in shape, as is usual in the genus. Size small. Coste tall and thin, with crenate margins. Beginning with 6, 6 additional costz are soon 90 EOCENE AND LOWER OLIGOCENE CORAL FAUNAS. developed, making 12, between which, in the interc« stal furrows, are double rows of perforations. The 12-costal condition exists for about 1.5 mm. from the base, when 12 additional costee are introduced. The costze on the basal portion of the corallum are very slightly larger than those on the upper portion; they are not so prominent on the basal portion as in Tarbinolia pharetra. In the extreme upper portion 24 rudimentary costze are intro- duced, making the total number 48—twice as many cost as septa. In the intercostal furrows, after the development of the rudimentary coste there are only single rows of perforations; during the 24-costal stage there are double rows of alternating perforations in the intercostal furrows. The septa are 24 in number, in three cycles. Those of the third cycle fuse, about halfway between the corallum wall and the columella, by their margins to the sides of those of the first cycle. Their sides are beset with distant, sharp, small spines. The septa are thin and weak. Columella ends in a small, slender, hexagonal style. Height, 6.5 mm.; diameter of calice, 3 mm, Localities —Potomac Creek, Virginia; Popes Creek, Maryland. Geologie occurrence-—Pamunkey formation, Aquia Creek beds. type—Johns Hopkins University. The crenate character of the coste distinguish this species from the other Eocene Turbinolizx with rudimentary coste. TURBINOLIA CLAIBORNENSIS Sp. NOV. Pl. VL, fig. 14 to 16b. Corallum small, conical, with acute delicate coste, the margins of which are entire. Around the calice there are 48 costa, 24 correspond to septa, and as many are rudimentary. The rudimentary cost are initiated about34 mm. from the base. The cost of the first and second cycles are very slightly enlarged near the base of the corallum. There are three complete eycles- of septa. Their surfaces are covered with distinct conical spines. The primary septa reach and fuse to the columella. The upper termination of the columella is not a star, but compressed, a little excavated on the sides below the upper surface, and slightly granulate. Height of corallum, 5 mm.; diameter, 3 mm. Locality —Claiborne, Alabama. DESCRIPTIONS OF SPECIES. 91 Geologic occurrence—(Claiborne sands. , types—P]. VI, figs. 16 to 16b, specimen on which the above descrip- tion is based, from collection of T. H. Aldrich in United States National Museum; PI. VI, figs. 14 and 15, United States National Museum. Since the foregoing description was written, I have found several speci- mens in the United States National Museum. A study of these permits considerably more detail to be added to the description. The ornamenta- tion of the septal faces is quite different from that of 7. pharetra and T. wautubbeensis. The septa are very slightly undulated transversely, and that is only along the inner portion. The septal surface, as a whole, is flat. The granules, although originally introduced in curves parallel to the septal margins, are not introduced regularly, so they do not show any very defi- nite arrangement. The smaller septa are joined to the larger by a series of processes placed one above another, thus leaving a series of pores. This is quite different from the condition met with in 7. sulcata, where the smaller septa fuse solidly by their margins to the sides of the larger. A specimen much larger than the one from Mr. Aldrich’s collection has the following dimensions: Diameter of calice, 4 mm.; height of corallum, 9mm. Figs. 14 and 14a, Pl. VI, are drawn from it. The only special peculiarity of this specimen is that the columellar upper surface is apparently reinforced by several thickened processes from the septa. The distinguishing features of the species are the presence of (1) rudi- mentary cost; (2) the entire margins of the coste; (3) the simple enlarg- ing, without a notch, of the costz in the basal portion; (4) the compressed granulate (not stellate) termination of the columella; (5) the size. TURBINOLIA INSIGNIFICA Sp. Nov. Pl. VI, figs. 17 to 18. This is a minute coral, conical in shape. Coste rather tall, com- pressed, their sides near junction with corallum wall fluted, corre- sponding to intercostal perforations. Margins apparently almost smooth. Around the upper margin of the corallum there are 20 well-developed costes and 20 rudimentary costze (twice as many coste as septa); 6 septa continue without any change to the very apex of the base. On the apex of the base is a minute star-like body, the rays of which alternate with the costee of the first cycle (i. e., the 6 more prominent cost). The costz of 92 EOCENE AND LOWER OLIGOCENE CORAL FAUNAS. the second cycle are notched 0.5 or 0.75 mm. above the base. There are costee corresponding to the septa of the third cycle, and after the second cycle of septa is fully developed rudimentary coste usually exist. The septa developed between the first and second cycles of septa do not always correspond to the rudimentary coste found between those two cycles. When a septum develops in this way, a costa corresponding to it is devel- oped. ‘Therefore we have both a rudimentary costa and a regular costa alongside each other in the same interval between two costa of the first and second cycles, respectively. The intercostal furrows are always per- forate, and when the rudimentary costz are not present there are double rows of perforations. A distinguishing feature of this species is that in the basal portion the costal terminations are not enlarged. Of the 12 cost that extend to the base, 6 do not change at all and 6 are simply notched about 0.5 mm. above the base. The septal arrangement is simple: it is six systems and three cycles. In two systems of the larger specimen that I have examined the third cycle is not complete. The septa of the third cycle fuse by their margins to the sides of those of the first cycle. Excepting the first cycle, the septa are thin; their sides are beset with small spines. The specimens are not well enough preserved to permit the details of the columella to be fully made out, but we can be sure that the upper ter- mination is a style and not a strongly stellate pillar, the rays of which join the inner ends of the septa of the first cycle, such as is characteristic of T. pharetra and T. wautubbeensis. The columella of 7. insignifica has a rather prominent upper termination. Diameter, 2 mm.; length, 3.5 mm. Locality —Old Red Bluff Station, 35 miles south of Shubuta, Mississippi. (F. Burns, collector.) Geologic occurrence Red Bluff beds. types —United States National Museum. The character of the columella above noted, the peculiarities of the costee in its basal portion, and its very small size serve to distinguish this species. DESCRIPTIONS OF SPECIES. 93 Genus TROCHOCYATHUS Milne-Edwards and Haime. TROCHOCYATHUS HYATTI sp. nov. TAL Wale aireasy, IS) ie) Pale Vell Wabi, sive ale Shape short, trochiform; cross section circular. Free in adult; on the base a scar as if the corallum were attached in its younger stages. Gran- ular cost corresponding to all of the septa, sometimes obscured by the epithecal deposit. On the upper part of the wall, when not covered by epitheca, they are very distinct; those corresponding to the septa of the first two cycles the largest. Epitheca thick, usually not reaching to the upper margin of the theca. Septa in four cycles, six systems, exsert, especially those of the first two cycles; there are sometimes small septa of the fifth cycle; their surfaces granular and undulate. Those of the third cycle fuse by their inner edges to those of the second cycle. Pali in two crowns, present before the first three cycles of septa, undulate, with eranular surface. Columella composed of ascending rods or trabeculee which present a papillate upper surface ees! 2 seal) ve | - - us an ) | | | Mm. Mm. Mm. | Mm Miamererorecalices ssasse sees a eae aera aia | 118 10 11.8 11 Height of corallum..--...--..------------- Bee hoo | 10 8 8.5 BY | at a Localities —Black Bluff and Prairie Creek, Alabama. Geologic occurrence —Black Bluff (Sucarnochee) beds. types—United States National Museum. The following additional notes on the septa may be added: The septa are composed of ascending trabeculze, which possess a line of divergence. The courses of the trabecule are indicated by rows of granules. The rows of granules do not stand opposite one another on opposite sides of the septum, but alternate in position. The septal margins are usually entire or nearly so, but occasionally the trabeculz project slightly on the margin and make obscure dentations, especially on the septa of the higher cycles near the wall. The coste are serrate or granulate. Near the places of fusion of septa by their margins to the sides of lower cycles synapticulze sometimes occur. The wall seems to be formed by the fusion of the distal ends of the septa, or it may be an eutheca. 94 EOCENE AND LOWER OLIGOCENE CORAL FAUNAS. TROCHOCYATHUS LUNULITIFORMIS (Conrad). Pl. VII, figs. 2 to 4, and fig. 9. 1855. Turbinolia lunulitiformis Conrad. Proce. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., Vol. VII, p. 263. 1895. Trochocyathus lunulitiformis Vaughan. Am. Geol., Vol. XV, p. 223. 1896. Trochocyathus lunulitiformis Vaughan. Bull. U.S. Geol. Survey No. 142, p. 51. Corallum subdiscoid; base convex, attached by its central portion; transverse outline circular; costee distinct, granulate, slightly alternating in size, corresponding to all cycles of septa. Septa in four cycles, six systems. Surfaces densely granulate. Pali before all the septa except the last cycle, their surfaces granulate. Calice circular fossa not very deep. Columella fascicular, its upper surface papillate. Diameter, 9.5 mm.; height, 4 mm. Localities. Jackson, Mississippi; Montgomery, Louisiana. Geologic occurrence — Jacksonian stage. Conrad’s description of this species was extremely poor, and he pub- lished no figure. There can be no doubt, however, that he meant this form. TROCHOCYATHUS LUNULITIFORMIS var. MONTGOMERIENSIS var. Noy. Pl. VII, figs. 5 to 8. This variety can be distinguished from the typical forms of Trochocya- thus lunulitiformis (1) by having a flatter base; (2) by being more depressed; and (3) by its costee being more prominent and more strongly alternated in size. Diameter, 8 mm.; height, 2.5 mm. Locality. —Montgomery, Louisiana. Geologic occurrence —Jacksonian stage. types— United States National Museum. The following gives more detail concerning the wall, septa, ete.: There is no epitheca. The wall is formed by the direct fusion of the distal portion of the septa, without the intervention of secondary calcification centers (PI. VI, fig. 9). The septa are composed of trabecule ; slightly above the wall is a line of divergence. The pali seem to possess their own trabeculze and centers of calcification, separate from those of the septa. In the septa the courses of the trabecule are indicated by rows of granules, which are at the same time arranged in curves parallel to the septal margins. There is the same alternation in position of the rows of granules already noted in Trochocyathus hyatti. As the trabeculee approach the septal margin they DESCRIPTIONS OF SPECIES. 95 diverge, the space between adjacent trabeculae becoming larger. In the intervening space new trabeculae may be introduced. The septal margins, especially in the more exterior portion, are minutely serrate or crenate, the serree corresponding to the emergence of the trabeculz at the surface. The margins of the interior half (roughly speaking) are so-called entire, i. e., the trabeculz terminate in a practically smooth continuous curve. Projecting interiorly from the wall are processes that in cross section the so-called pseudosynapticule (see Pl. VII, fig. 9). The appearance on the side of a septum is shown in Pl. VI, fig. 4. The columella is composed of several rods that rise upward from the have the structure of synapticulze base; they fuse by cross processes, and their upper terminations produce the papillate upper surface of the columella. There appear to be synapticulee also, formed by the fusion of granules standing opposite each other on adjacent septa. The granules on the septa are long. Those on adjacent septa usually alternate with each other in position; sometimes, however, they stand opposite; quite often they will fuse, forming the so-called pseudosynapticule. This species is extremely close to Trochocyathus discoides Sokolow,' so close that after Dr. Sokolow had kindly compared specimens of Tr. lunulitiformis with Tr. discoides he wrote me as follows: I have from Jekaterinoslaw only a single injured specimen of Trochoeyathus. A comparison of this specimen with those that you have sent me shows no difference on the under (outer) side. I have also found no differential character in the septa. But the columella of my specimen is somewhat wider than that of Trochocyathus lunuliti- Jformis, and the upper surface of the columella of my specimen is more irregularly papillary (warzig); also the pali are somewhat more strongly developed. But as I have only one and that an incomplete specimen, I can not establish that my Trocho- cyathus discoides is without doubt a new species, and will not oppose placing Trochocy- athus discoides in the synonymy. While in St. Petersburg in the summer of 1897, through the courtesy of Dr. Sokolow I had the privilege of examining the type of his discoides. The septa of his species seem to me thinner than in Zr. lunulitiformis. For the reasons that he has given, and on account of the one I have stated, it appears better to not place his species in the synonymy of Conrad's; but the resemblance between the two is most striking, and ultimately 1 Die unteroligociine Fauna der Glauconitsande bei der Hisenbahnbriicke von Jekaterinoslaw: Mém. du Comité Géologique (Russia), Vol. IX, No. 3, 1894, pp. 92-94, fig. 7 (in text), pl. 1, fig. 5a-d. 96 EOCENE AND LOWER OLIGOCENE CORAL FAUNAS. they may be shown to be the same. Should the latter prove true, Soko- low’s name should stand, as Conrad did not describe his species sufficiently clearly and did not figure it at all. Sokolow wrote a splendid description of his species, and published exquisite figures of it. TROCHOCYATHUS CALIFORNIANUS Sp. NOV. Pl. VU, figs. 10 to 13. Corallum discoid, attached at the middle of the base, which is almost flat, very slightly convex or concave. Measurements of four specimens are: | 1 2 3 4 | = _| | Mm Mm. Mm Mm Diameter of corallum..----. a sierniaeinte o Sisteleeieia ee mies acta 6 6 Ul 1 Height of corallum......-.:..--.------------------- 2.125 | 2 2.75 2.5 | Coste correspond to all septa. They are low, rather thick at the wall, but with a subacute edge, finely granulate, and equal. There is no perceptible alternation or difference in size. There are three complete cycles of septa, and very nearly all the members of the fourth. They are thin, their upper margins arched from the wall to the calicular fossa. Peripherally, occasional dentations on the margins; faces eranulate. Pali are present. They are thin, and before some septa broad, but the details can not be ascertained. Calicular fossa shallow, calice widely open. Solumella fascicular, composed of erect rods rising from the base. Lecality—Sian Joaquin coal mine, California. Geologic horizon—Oretaceous ? types—F our specimens sent to me by Dr. J. C. Merriam, University of California, and returned to him. One specimen has been presented by Dr. Merriam to the United States National Museum. This species is extremely close to Tr. lunulitiformis; in fact, the specific differences here pointed out are not thoroughly satisfactory, The specimens of Tr. lunulitiformis have the cycles of costee indicated by ‘corresponding sizes, or they alternate in size. The coste of Tr. califor- nianus are, as above stated, equal. This difference seems go vd, but when more specimens of the latter have been discovered, and the details of the pali and columella can be worked, still other differences may be found. DESCRIPTIONS OF SPECIES. 97 This species, as well as Tr. lunulitiformis (Conrad), should be compared with Tr. discoides Sokolow, from Jekaterinoslaw, southern Russia. One of the type specimens of the Tr. californianus shows an interesting feature, probably an abnormality. Apparently a bud is being formed from the calicinal region. Pl. VII, fig. 13, represents the condition. TROCHOCYATHUS DEPRESSUS Sp. nov. Pl. VII, figs 14 to 17. Form subdiscoid, or bowl-shaped; transverse outline subcircular, slightly irregular. Base convex, calice wide open and moderately deep. There is no sign of attachment, although the base is disfigured in eight of the nine specimens that I have examined. Costze corresponding to all cycles of septa not very prominent, but distinct to the base. In size they are sub- equal; every fourth is usually slightly more prominent than the three inter- vening. They are slightly acute, and along the crest is a single series of granules. Their sides also are granulate. Septa numerous, about 80. The arrangement is extremely difficult to make out, as the primaries and secondaries are of the same size. They pro- ject very slightly above the upper margin of the wall. The free margins of the septa, after rising a little above the wall, lie in a horizontal plane for about one-fourth the diameter of the calice; then they fall to the bottom of the calice in a curve parallel to the corallum wall. They are considerably thicker near the wall. The sides are highly ornamented. The pattern of ornamentation is extremely complicated. It is shown in PI. VII, fig. 16. Two zones of different kinds of ornamentation can be recognized. An outer, in which there are projections from the corallum wall. Between these projections are small, closely crowded granules They are arranged, in not very distinct rows, subparallel to the upper margin of the septa at the wall and to the processes extending inward from the corallum wall. The second zone consists of elongated granules that slope upward and inward, making an angle of approximately 45° with the septal margin. The general scheme is very well represented in PI. VII, fig. 16. The interpretation of this arrangement of eranules is that there is a line of trabecular divergence along a line extending lengthwise just about the middle of the septum; above this line the trabeculz are directed upward (i. e., inward); below they are directed outward or downward (morpho- MON XXXIX——7 98 EOCENE AND LOWER OLIGOCENE CORAL FAUNAS. logically, outward). The rows of granules on opposite faces of a septum are opposite, and when the edge of a septum is viewed from above they give the appearance of striations extending down the sides of the septum and across its margin. Around the fossa the margins are entire, but external to the fossa they are gently and finely crenate. In the region of the wall the septa are much thicker, and there are many minute granules along the edges and free portions. Pali before all cycles of septa except the last; small, with rounded upper margins, sides granulate. Columella fascicular. = 1 | 2 | 3 | | Mm | Mm. | Mm. |! | Greateridiameterot calice)-.sssssssseee eee oseee eee | 75 3)| LOSa %| 9.75 Lesser diameter of calice ...........---..----------- 11.5 | 9.75 | 9 Hetchivofcorallam tassels eae s eeeee eee 3.5 | 3.5 4 | | Locality: — Six miles west of Desoto Station, Clarke County, Mississippi. (F. Burns, collector.) Geologic occurrence —Lower Claiborne. Types—United States National Museum. The only closely related species is Tr. lunulitiformis. Tr. depressus is easily recognized by its more irregular transverse outline and its more exca- vated calicular fossa. TROCHOCYATHUS STANTONI sp. nov. Pl. VII, figs. 15 and 18a. Form discoid; base flat, with a sear in the center as if it were attached, covered by epitheca which reaches to the calicular margin. Twenty-four costze of equal size; apparently there are 24 smaller costz: alternating with the large ones. Septa arched, projecting high above the flat base, side granulated, margins slightly undulated transversely. The arrangement is in four complete cycles of six systems, the total number being 48. Those of the first, second, and third eyeles of about the same size; the fourth cycle smaller. Calicular fossa deep. Pali present, but the details could not be made out. Character of the columella could not be ascertained. The measurements are: Diameter of base, 14.25 mm.; height, 5.75 mm.; depth of calice, more than 2 mm. DESCRIPTIONS OF SPECIES. 99 Locality— Two and a half miles northeast of Clayton, Contra Costa County, California. (Collected by 'T. W. Stanton.) Geologic occurrence —T'ejon group, above the coal horizon. type—United States National Museum. This species is founded upon one specimen embedded in an indurated, coarse-grained, glauconitic sandstone. It was with great difficulty that enough of the matrix was removed to permit as many details of the septa and pali to be ascertained as are stated above. The base is eroded so that the character of the costal ornamentation can not be described fully. There can scarcely be a doubt about the generic determination of the species, notwithstanding our ignorance of some details. The other discoid species of the genus are Tr. californianus, Tr. lunulitiformis, and Tr. depressus. Tr. stantoni is the only one whose septa arch high above the corallum wall, and the only one that has the base covered by epitheca. An examination and comparison of the figures will make these differences apparent. The great differences in the coste also will be readily recognized. TROCHOCYATHUS CINGULATUS sp. nov. Pl. VII, figs. 19 to 19b. Form short cornute, basal portion small, subpedicellate, curved in plane of lesser diameter of the calice. ‘Transverse section subelliptical. Scar of attachment preserved. Corallum wall ornamented by 42 low, distinct, gran- ulate coste, corresponding to all cycles of septa, and alternating in size, Epitheca appears to be entirely absent. There are several girdling depres- sions and bands, giving the species a cingulate appearance. Septa are moderately strong, thicker near the wall, and sometimes thicken somewhat before joining the columella, 42 in number; 21 principal septa with alternating smaller ones. The various cycles are extremely difficult to make out. Their sides are ornamented with rather prominent spines, which usually appear to be truncated. Columella fascicular. Greater diameter of calice, 8.5 mm.; lesser diameter of calice, 8 mm.; height, 9.5 mm. Locality— Prairie Creek, Wilcox County, Alabama. (L. C. Johnson, collector.) Geologic occurrence——In the lower beds of the Chickasawan stage, or in the Midwayan stage. type—United States National Museum. This pretty little species is described from a single specimen, but it is i g } 100 EOCENE AND LOWER OLIGOCENE CORAL FAUNAS. utterly distinct from any other of our Eocene corals, and is very easily rec- ognized, simply by its short cornute form and the lower alternating costee. The calice is not well preserved, the margins of the septa bemg broken away. The columella is apparently essential, although it is frequently fused to the ends of the septa. Near their inner terminations, just before they join the columella, the septa become thicker and fuse by slight lateral outgrowths or by their margins. Pali are present, but their details could not be made out. TROCHOCYATHUS CLARKEANUS (Vaughan). Pl. VII, figs. 20 to 23. 1895, Paracyathus (?) clarkeanus Vaughan. Johns Hopkins Univ. Cire., Vol. XV, No. 121, p. 6. 1896. Paracyathus (?) clarkeanus Vaughan. Bull. U.S. Geol. Survey No. 141, p. 89. Corallum conical, usually slightly curved. Cross section elliptical. Nearly always showing a distinct area of attachment, which is variable in size. Coste not very prominent; acute; 48 in number, corresponding to all the cycles of the septa; nearly equal in size. In young specimens those corresponding to the last cycle of septa are smaller than those earlier devel- oped. No epitheca was observed and is most probably absent. Septa thin, not exsert, sides gtanulated; 48 in number, arranged in six systems of four cycles each; those of the first three cycles reach the columella; the fourth cycle fuse by their inner margins to the sides of the third cycle. Calicular fossa shallow. Pali apparently before all of the cycles of the septa except the last, small and thin, and appear to be arranged in two crowns. Rudi- mentary dissepiments apparently present. Columella fascicular; upper surtace papillate. The measurements of the two specimens are: 1 | 2 ——— — — _ — — =| Mm. Mm Greater diameteriof ‘calice:. :..,.c meee ce ete = == 22) - eine e cioeiei sees hi nat | 1..15 Lesser) diameter.of calice 22. .226 seer eeaee ne oes 28 oe sate eee 6 De) | yf daly hea oho gett Mb ee eee cost se eos. caccds caoneeneeees HSa5 so08socs 12.5 9.75 Localities. Potomac Creek and Aquia Creek, Virginia. Geologic occurrence. Pamunkey formation, Aquia Creek beds. DESCRIPTIONS OF SPECIES. 101 types— Johns Hopkins University. Specimens-— United States National Museum. The specimens on which this species is founded are all imperfect. I could not obtain accurate details concerning the characters of the columella or of the pali, but the species seems to present all the essential characters of Trochocyathus, and is therefore referred to that genus. There is no other species of coral with which it could be confused; therefore critical notes are unnecessary. . TROCHOCYATHUS STRIATUS (Gabb). Pl. VII, fig. 24; Pl. VIII, figs. 1 to 3. 1864. Trochosmilia striata Gabb. Geol. Sury. California, Paleontology, Vol. I, p. 207, pl. xxvi, fig. 195. : 1893. Trochosmilia striata Boyle. North Amer. Mesozoic Invert.: Bull. U. 8S. Geol. Survey No. 102, p. 290. 1897. Trochosmilia striata Merriam. Journ. Geol., Vol. V, p. 771. The following is the original description: ‘‘ Elongate, slender, curved, section circular or subcircular; epithelium rudimentary, surface marked by numerous prominent striz, usually rounded, of variable size, and often showing a well-marked alternation of larger and smaller ones. Surface of calice unknown.” Locality] ivision B,’ near the coal mine at Mount Diablo, California. Mr. Stanton obtained a considerable number of specimens of this species in Contra Costa County, California. From a study of these specimens I can give more information concerning the characters of the species, and can determine its generic position with reasonable certainty. The form of the corallum was described well enough by Gabb. The costze are rather prom- inent, subacute, alternating in size, and correspond to all cycles of septa. No epitheca was seen on any of the specimens. Septa rather thick, the inner terminations of all except the last cycle thickened, 44 in number (in thin section studied), two half systems of the fourth cycle being incomplete. Their sides granulate. The interseptal spaces devoid of dissepiments. Columella fascicular, upper surface papillate. The thickenings on the inner ends of the septa without doubt represent pali. Therefore, there are pali before all septa, except those last introduced, and they are arranged in two ' B is the upper division of Gabb’s section, and was supposed to be Cretaceous. 102 EOCENE AND LOWER OLIGOCENE CORAL FAUNAS. rather regular crowns. It can scarcely be doubted that the species is a genuine Trochoecyathus. The size and relations of the dimensions of different specimens are so variable that we give no measurements; the figures give the same data in more comprehensive form. Locality —Near Clayton, Contra Costa County, California. (Stanton.) Horizon—T'ejon beds (upper part). TROCHOCYATHUS ZITTELI Merriam. Pl. VIII, figs. 4 to 7. 1897. Placosmilia n. sp. Merriam. Journ. Geol., Vol. V, p. 770. Doctor Merriam ‘very kindly sent me six specimens of this species, and on that material the following description is based. The form of the corallum is short cornute, curved in the plane of the shorter transverse axis of the calice. The following are measurements of five specimens: 1 2 | 3 | 4 5 | Mm. Mm. Mm. | Mn. Mm. | Greater diameter of calice ...---=..- -7---- 10 15 14.5 15.5 21 | Lesser diameter of calice ....--------.---- 8.5 9.5 19155) 12.5 13) 9) | Height of Coral aimless see eee ee 12 Pale ly Pil 19 24 The best preserved of the five specimens showed at the base a small nipple-like pedicel, with a minute scar of attachment. Another speci- men showed some slight sinuosity of the wall parallel to the vertical axis of the corallum near the calicular margin. Coste correspond to all septa; they are distinct but not very prominent, have rather broad bases, with somewhat acute edges. They are quite regularly alternately larger and smaller in size; are granulate, the granulations rather large, often a distinct row alone the summit of a costa. Septa numerous; 72 were counted in the cross section of a specimen whose greater diameter is 15.5 mm. and lesser diameter 13.5 mm. Considering six as the number of the primary cycle, there would be four complete cycles and half the members of the fifth, but the various cycles are not distinetly indicated. The septa are not very long, somewhat or decidedly thicker at the wall, inner portion thin, and are usually very flexuous. A few granulations on the septal faces. There DESCRIPTIONS OF SPECIES. 103 are distinet pali, with an elongate elliptical cross section before all septa except those of the last cycle, and are arranged rather definitely in two crowns. The wall and septa become secondarily thickened. Columella composed of a few ascending more or less twisted laminz. Calicular fossa rather deep. Locality. —Martinez, California. Horizon —Martinez group. types. —Collection of Dr. J.C. Merriam, University of California. Speci- mens upon which the above description and figures in this paper are based are in the United States National Museum. TROCHOCYATHUS CONOIDES (Gabb and Horn), Pl. VILL, figs. 8 to 10. 1860. Trochosmilia conoides Gabb and Horn. Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 2d ser., Vol. IV, p. 399, pl. Ixix, figs. 12. and 13. The original description is: ‘‘ Resembles closely Tr. mortoni (i. e., Balano- phyllia irrorata var. mortoni), above described, differing in its much more robust form and the finer striz exteriorly, which are granulous.” Locality. —‘‘Cretaceous, N. J.” The type of this species is, fortunately, in the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, and the authorities of that institution very kindly loaned it to me. The type is a miserable fragmental specimen, and from what Gabb writes of it one would suspect it to be related to Balano- phyllia. Fortunately there are specimens of the same species mixed with Morton’s “ Turbinolia” inauris in the Philadelphia Academy collections, and there is also a specimen in the United States National Museum. All of the specimens without doubt come from the same locality. A specimen of Flabellum mortoni sp. nov. is in the vial with Gabb’s type, both labeled “Types”! This species is with it in all of the lots of specimens. It is possible that Tr. conoides may be the same as Morton’s discarded ‘“ Turbi- nolia” inauris. he following description is not based on the type, as it is not well enough preserved to serve as a basis for a specific diagnosis, though the specimen can, as already stated, be identified: Corallum short cornute, rapidly increasing in diameter, curved in the plane of the shorter transverse axis of the calice; cross section elliptical. 104 EOCENE AND LOWER OLIGOCENE CORAL FAUNAS. The following table gives measurements of several specimens: 1 2 4 | | Se, = | | | Mm Mm. Mm. Mm. | Greater diameteriof calicey.- 22222. sseeese = 2-2 == 16 20 14} 19 | | | Messeridiameter of calice)o-e- 2s. seeeneee es. @- =< e 12 | 16 13 | 15.5 lWkleiehtoficorallunie pesos eee een one 20 26 ile lae ela | | | | Specimen 2 is represented by PI. VIII, figs. 8 and 8a. The corallum wall | is solid and apparently is covered by a thin, firm, pellicular epitheca, that is applied to the wall in the same way as is the epitheca in Flabellum. It has this appearance, but there is not sufficient material well enough preserved to determine the point positively. The outer surface of the corallum wall usually shows several longitudinal undulations, there being more on the con- cave than on the convex side. Besides these there are low rounded costee. There are some longitudinal raised strive or longitudinal rows of small low granules on the outer surface of the corallum. Septa, in cross section (PI. VIII, fig. 10), about 64, eyeles and systems not very distinct. The first and second cycles and some members of the third reach the columella space. The members of the third cycle usually fuse by their inner margins to the sides of those of the second, thus inclosing the members of the fourth cycle. When members of the fifth cycle are present, those of the fourth will fuse to the sides of those of the third, thus inclosing the members of the fifth. The septal grouping does not seem to be absolutely regular, but the tendency to form septal groups is well pronounced. The septa are thin, somewhat flexu- ous near the center, thicker at the wall. All of them, excepting the youngest members of each system (i. e., those of the fifth cycle and those of the fourth cycle where none of the fifth is present), have distinct elongate elliptical or clavate thickenings on their inner ends. These are probably pali. They are arranged in two rather definite crowns. Septal faces granulated, no endo- theca. Columella small, composed of a few more or less twisted ascending laths, to which the larger septa fuse by their flexuous inner margins. y) New Jersey (Meek and Hayden), United States National Museum. Horizon.— Shark River beds, probably Claibornian. Localities—New Jersey, Philadelphia Academy label; near Squankum, types—Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia; specimen in the United States National Museum. I found one specimen of the species in the United States National DESCRIPTIONS OF SPECIES. 105 Museum material from near Squankum, New Jersey; therefore we know both the horizon and locality of the species accurately. The matrix of the specimens is a coarse-grained glauconitic sand, with some finer light- colored calcareous material. The interseptal loculi are occasionally quite deceptive in appearance. They are often filled with grains of glauconite, between which are shreds of the lighter-colored material. The result of this is to give, quite frequently, the appearance of a very well developed endotheca. This appearance is described, because it might deceive one who is not accustomed to handling corals that have suffered from the effects of fossilization. This species, strange to say, seems to have its nearest ally in Trochocyathus zitteli Merriam, from Martinez, California. The resemblance is not very great, as a comparison of the descriptions and figures of the two species will show. Attention is directed especially to the difference in the characters of the coste. Genus PARACYATHUS Milne-Edwards and Haime. PARACYATHUS ALTERNATUS Sp. Noy. Pl. VIL, figs. 11 to 14b. Form compressed conical, with the base truncated, attached at the truncation. In one specimen the place of attachment has been almost com- pletely covered by a subsequent calcareous coating, leading to the inference that in the adult stage the individuals may be free. Costze corresponding to all of the septa, distinct, acute, subacute, or rounded in profile, granulate, alternating in prominence. Wall rather thin and not of uniform thickness. Septa slightly exsert in four cycles, six systems, in some systems members of the fifth cycle. Those of the first two cycles reach the columella, those of the third cycle fuse by their edges to the sides of the second; sometimes the fourth fuse similarly to the third. Surfaces granulate. Pali before all the septa except the last cycle, bilobed, granulated on sides. Rudimentary dissepiments present. Columella fascicular, papillate. Depth of calice about one-third the length of the corallum. (ices ——= | Mm. Mm (faGreater diameter of calicetccss-- 52 ses tececoeeeeus caeene Sey eee 8| 8 (Po Wdesseridiamotenoticalices: se 2-peoee 6 n=... 2) =o eee | 6| 6.75 Heiphivotcorallumen <5... hese 23 dose, acer bce Se eee ee aoe ocle 7| 8 106 EOCENE AND LOWER OLIGOCENE CORAL FAUNAS. These measurements represent the usual size of adult specimens. Sev- eral varieties, with sizes indicated, are figured in PI. VIII, figs. 11 to 14. Localities —Near Mount Lebanon, Louisiana; Holstun’s well, Louisiana; SW 4 of SE. 4 sec. 19,T. 19 N., R.7 W., Louisiana; Rayburn’s well, sec. 29, T. 17 N., R. 5 W., Bienville Parish, Louisiana; Newton, Enterprise, and Wautubbee, Mississippi; 3 miles northeast of Newton, Mississippi; 2 miles southeast of Hickory, Newton County, Mississippi; 8 miles south of Hickory, Clarke County, Mississippi; 8 miles west of Enterprise, Mississippi; 1 mile south of Hickory, Mississippi; 45 miles east of Newton, Mississippi; upper layer, Sowilpa Creek, Alabama; Smithville, Texas; Black Shoals, or Colliers Ferry, 1 mile below the Milam-Burleson county line, Texas; Lex- ington, Lee County, Texas. Geologic occurrence —],ower Claiborne (Lisbon horizon). types —United States National Museum. Specimens— Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass.; T. H. Aldrich’s collection; and Wagner Free Institute of Science. Additional notes on the wall septa, ete —The wall is a pseudotheca, i. e., formed by the fusion of the distal ends of the septa. The septa have thickenings at right angles to the septal plane in the mural region. A thickening from one septum meets that of the opposed septa, and the two fuse. A little line, indicating the place of fusion, could be seen between nearly every pair of septa in the cross section. The septal thickenings to form the wall are not usually exactly in a ring, but the thickening on one side of a septum may be interior or exterior to the thickening on the other side. The septa are composed of completely fused ascending trabeculee, which possess a line of divergence coinciding in position with the wall. The courses of the trabecule are indicated by rows of granules. The rows on opposite sides of a septum do not stand opposite, but alternate in posi- tion. The septal margins interior to the wall are entire; exterior to it the trabecule frequently project slightly along their axes, making obscure den- tations. No synapticula were seen; the septa are usually rather far apart, so the granules do not fuse across the interseptal loculi. Three minor varieties of this species may be recognized, but they are not of sufficient importance to merit naming. Variety a, the typical form represented by Pe Wane ee siete variety b, the specimen with very wide base and low rounded coste, represented by Pl. VIII, fig. 14; variety DESCRIPTIONS OF SPECIES. 107 c, larger than variety a, and the costee are more prominent and more acute, represented by Pl. VITI, fig. 12. The intergradation between all the forms is complete. This species is very close to Paracyathus crassus M.-Edw. and H.,! from the English Bracklesham beds. I was able to examine specimens of Paracyathus crassus in the British Museum (Natural History). The size, character of coste, and general external appearance furnish no criteria for specific differentiation. The pali seem to furnish a good basis for separa- tion. In P. crassus they are thin, weak, transversely fluted, and have a small inner tooth. The pali of P. alternatus, as Pl. VIII, fig. 11a, shows, are stout, with a strong distinct inner lobe. Should this character ultimately prove insufficient for the differentiation of the species, P. alternatus must become a synonym of P. crassus. PARACYATHUS GRANULOSUS Sp. nov. Pl. VIII, figs 15 to 15b. This species is extremely close to P. alternatus ; therefore a differential diagnosis is given. The two ultimately may be united. The general form is indicated by the figure. The view of the calice from above, looking down upon the columella and pali, is characteristic of the genus. The pali are undulate, granular, and some have small wing-like lateral expansions. The transverse outline of the calice in P. alternatus is elliptical, while in P. granulosus it is practically circular. With increasing height P. alterna- tus increases more rapidly in diameter than P. granulosus ; therefore the base of attachment is proportionately larger in the latter species. The costee of P. granulosus are not prominent, not very acute, not strongly alter- nated in size, and are densely and minutely granulate. In P. alternatus a deposit of callous is laid down upon the original costee on the lower portion of the corallum. This callous is costate, its coste corresponding to the original coste. The costee of P. granulosus are not covered by a subsequent deposit of callous. Greater diameter of calice, 6.1 mm.; lesser diameter of valice, 6 mm.; height of corallum, 7.2 mm. Locality —Lower layer Woods Bluff, Alabama. Geologic occurrence.— Woods Bluff beds. type. —F rom collection of T. H. Aldrich in the United States National Museum. ‘Mon. Brit. Foss. Corals, Paleeontogr. Soc., 1850-1854, p. 23, pl. iv, figs. 1, la-lc. 108 EOCENE AND LOWER OLIGOCENE CORAL FAUNAS. PARACYATHUS BELLUS sp. noy, Pl. VILL, figs. 16 to 20. 1895. Paracyathus bellus Vaughan nom. nud. Am. Geol., Vol. XV, p. 217. 1896. Paracyathus bellus Vaughan nom. nud. Bull. U.S. Geol. Survey No. 142, p. 19. Form rather elongate, slightly curved, attached by a rather broad base, cross section nearly circular, enlarging very little in diameter with increasing height. Coste corresponding to all cycles of septa, no noticeable alternation in size. Along the summit of each costa there is a single row of regular granules. Intercostal furrows narrow. Epitheca rudimentary, occasional shreds or bands girdling the corallum. Wall not very thick. The number of septa varies from 24 to 36; the latter seems the usual num- ber. Sides of the septa densely granulate, the granules elongated and disposed in curves parallel to the septal margins. Pali before all of the septa except those of the last cycle. Seen from above they are very difh- cult to distinguish from the papillate surface of the columella. They are small, slender, weak, with granulations similar to those on the septa. Columella fascicular, its upper surface papillate. Calice shallow. Mm. Mm. Mm. | Diameter of calicei sa isses cscs Se ee eee eae cat eee ee ehh || 45 5 Heightrof, corallum\--2 5 es2-5- -seeeeeceremeaas ice se eee | 7 11 8.5 Localities —Hnterprise, Newton, and Wautubbee, Mississippi; 2 miles southeast of Hickory, Newton County, Mississippi; 8 miles south of Hickory, Clarke County, Mississippi; 8 miles west of Enterprise, Mississippi; 1 mile south of Hickory, Mississippi; 44 miles east of Newton, Mississippi; 10 miles northwest of Winfield, Louisiana; St. Maurice, Louisiana. Lower Claiborne. Geologic occurrence, types— Irom collection of T. H. Aldrich in the United States National Museum. Specimens. — United States National Museum. The wall apparently is formed by the distal fusion of the septa. The fusion is not always complete, so perforations in the wall are quite frequent. The septal structure is identical with that of P. alternatus, excepting the presence of many pseudosynapticule. The septa are crowded DESCRIPTIONS OF SPECIES. 109 so the granules often fuse across the interseptal loculi. There are some projections extending inward from the wall, and the granules are elongated in curves parallel to septal margin. The latter is true to a less degree in P. alternatus. This species resembles Paracyathus caryophyllus (Lamarck)' quite closely in its form and in the character of the costz. A study of specimens of the latter in the British Museum (Natural History) showed it to be a decidedly larger species, and its salice is deeper. PARACYATHUS RUGOSUS Sp. nov. Pl. VIL, figs. 21 to 21b. Only one specimen of this species has come under my observation, and it can be best characterized by a differential description. Looked at superficially, the species resembles P. bellus; the first differ- ence is that the corallum of P. rugosus enlarges more rapidly in diameter as it increases in height. The coste of P. rugosus are composed entirely of a series of subtriangular plates whose upper angles project a little. The costee are very rough, and if the end of the finger is drawn along them from the calicular margin toward the place of attachment, the projecting points will catch in it. The costz correspond to all cycles of septa, and there is no alternation in size. Septa in three cycles. Pali as usual in the genus. Diameter of calice, 4mm.; height of corallum, 9 mm. Locality— Lower bed, Woods Bluff, Alabama. Geologic occurrence— Woods Bluff beds. type—F rom collection of T. H. Aldrich in the United States National Museum. PARACYATHUS CYLINDRICUS Sp. NOY. Pl. IX, figs. 1 to 1b. This species is extremely close to P. bellus. In shape its base is pro- portionately broader. The principal difference between the two species is in the character of their costee. In P. bellus the intercostal furrows are very narrow; they are not so wide as the coste; in P. cylindricus the coste are not so prominent as in P. bellus, and the intercostal furrows are much wider. The costz are low, acute, equal in size, granulate; there are gran- | Milne-Edwards and Haime, Mon. Brit. Foss. Corals, Palwontogr. Soc., 1850-1854, p. 24, pl. iv, fig. 2, 2a-2c. 110 EOCENE AND LOWER OLIGOCENE CORAL FAUNAS. ules also in the intercostal furrows. The granulations usually are not seen, owing to having been worn slightly. The number of costae and septa is from 32 to 36, the same as in P. bellus. [ 7 ; 1 2 | Mm Mm. | Diameterof calice.- -232)\.Scesinc cece seen cree oacee te eece ace eee 4.6 4.3 Diameter 154mm. above base-=- ----s--ee eee eee ee eee eee eee eeeneee 4) Sees Diameter of base;:about .<.25...-4-2c-se5 tee ce cee coe ase s see oeienee 3 3 Hei phitof conallum\sseeets eae aee eee eee a eee 8 5 Locality— Wilcox County, Alabama. (L. C. Johnson, collector.) Geologic occurrence—T,ower Eocene, probably Midwayan. types—United States National Museum. . Genus CARYOPHYLLIA Lamarck. CARYOPHYLLIA DALLI sp. lov. Pl. IX, figs. 2 to 2c. 1896. Caryophyllia n. sp. Vaughan. Bull. U.S. Geol. Survey No. 142, p. 51. Shape subconical, enlarging rapidly in the upper portion of the coral- lum. Cross section elliptical. Costee correspond to all the cycles of septa, very prominent, those corresponding to the first three cycles of septa much larger than those corresponding to the fourth eycle. Wall thick; the lower part of the corallum is covered by a calcareous coating. Apparently, when the animal was fully expanded it extended on the outside of the corallum entirely to the base. Septa in four cycles; the first two cycles reach the columella. The fourth cycle fuse by their inner margins to the sides of the third cycle. Their surfaces granulate. Their upper margins project considerably above the upper margin of the wall, and connect with upward extensions of the coste. The septa of the last cycle are dentate (cf. PLIX, fig. 2c). One septum of the second cycle, which has its margin intact, is dentate, while another of the same cycle has an entire margin. The septal margins are, in all cases where preserved, except one, dentate or crenate. Pali, with granular surfaces, before the septa of the third cycle. Columella made up of twisted pieces. Calice not very deep. Greater transverse diameter of calice, 16 mm.; lesser transverse diameter of calice, 13 mm.; height of corallum, 22.5 mm. DESCRIPTIONS OF SPECIES. inal Localities —Creole Bluff, Montgomery, Grant Parish, Louisiana; Vinces Bluff, Saline River, Arkansas. Geologic occurrence — Jacksonian stage. type—United States National Museum. The very large but acute coste easily characterize this species. They are sometimes fully 1 mm. in height. Caryophyllia should have septa with entire margins, but there is evi- dently so great a variation within this specimen itself in the character of the septal margins, that it does not seem possible to refer it to another genus, when, excepting this peculiaritv, every other feature is typical for that genus. CARYOPHYLLIA TEXANA sp. nov. Pl. IX, figs. 3 and 4. Corallum attached, a short pedicel and scar of attachment usually present; form short cornute, curved in plane of the shorter axis of the calice; transverse outline elliptical. Costs corresponding to all cycles of septa; not prominent, regularly alternating in size; rather acute, surface granulate. The presence of epitheca doubtful. Septa project but little above the upper margin of the corallum wall, in at least four cycles, rather stout, sides granulate. Margins entire. Septa composed of completely fused ascending trabeculee, with line of divergence at the wall. Pali present, stout, well developed. Details difficult to discover, because of the poor state of preservation of the interior of the specimens. Apparently in one crown before the tertiary septa. (It is because of this arrangement of pali that the species is referred to Caryophyllia.) Details of the columella can not be made out from the material in hand. 1 2 3 Eee : ea | : Mm. Mm. | Mm. | Gréeateridiameter of caliGee- «cn. . 2 o--mes = en lemenin ee =m 15 12 12 | Messer diametenoh calices = -ossee 2 eae ees ee eee 13 | 9) ee 39) sayin Gi Copel. <2 cosee caso ECO sae eros Sse JISC =e 17 13.5 | 8.5 Locality —San Augustine, Texas. Geologic occurrence — ower Claiborne. types—Collection of Wagner Free Institute of Science. Philadelphia. elk? EOCENE AND LOWER OLIGOCENE CORAL FAUNAS. This species is represented in the collection of the Wagner Institute by ten specimens, including fragments. They were embedded in a glau- conitie sandy clay, and the interior portions have rotted away to such an extent that the details of the septa, pali, and columella could not be ascertained as fully as was desired. The generic determination seems cer- tain, and the species is so characteristic that it can be easily recognized. The low costz separate it immediately from Caryophyllia dalli, whose costee are very prominent. The septal margins are widely different, as the descriptions of the two species show. The specimen represented in PI. IX, fig. 3, is interesting, because it shows apparent reproduction by budding. I was unable to decide whether there was gemmation, or whether one coral had simply attached itself to the other for support; probably the latter is the case. Genus STERIPHONOTROCHUS gen. nov. This genus need not be described at length, because a single character separates it from Ceratotrochus as represented by C. duodecimcostatus. The following description of the type species of the genus, Steriphonotrochus pulcher sp. noy., will show its external resemblance to C. dwodecimcostatus, and the similarity in the character of the columella. The septal margins of Ceratotrochus are entire, without any indication of dentations or crenations, as a careful study of C\ duodecimcostatus, C. (Conotrochus) typus, and C. multi- serialis showed. ‘The septal margins of Steriphonotrochus are regularly crenate (see Pl. IX, fig. 5c). From the manner of treating the septal margins in the preceding case of Caryophyllia dalli and the sueceeding one of Parasmilia ludoviciana, it may seem inconsistent to base a genus merely on the character of the septal margins; but in the present instance the conditions are different. There is no indifferent variation from entire margin to crenate margin, but the septa of all cycles are regularly uniformly crenate where preserved intact. No other kind of margin is represented. After examining a considerable num- ber of species of Ceratotrochus, and searching carefully in the literature, I have been unable to discover any species that has not simple entire margins. For these reasons it seems to me that the peculiarity of the septal margins in Steriphonotrochus is a good basis for generic separation. DESCRIPTIONS OF SPECIES. 113 e STERIPHONOTROCHUS PULCHER Sp. Nov. Pl. IX, figs. 5 to 5d. Form subcornute, slightly curved, transverse outline elliptical. Attach- ment area not very large. Corallum wall not very thick, a very little epitheca doubtfully present. Costa corresponding to all cycles of septa. They are (on upper part of corallum) 54 in number, are prominent, standing up like plates; some are 1.5 mm. high, alternating in size. When viewed in profile, the margins of the coste are seen to be wavy and ornamented with granules. The sides are covered with granules. Near the area of attachment the costze become much less prominent, and the number is reduced to 24, alternating in size. These 24 septa are continued to the mar- gin of the scar of the attachment area. Septa weak, 54 innumber; there are four complete cycles and a few septa of the fifth. Twenty-seven septa reach the columella. The other 27 fuse by pairs to the sides of the included septum of the next lower cycle. The upper margins of the septa are broken off in the type, and it can not be stated whether they are very exsert. The inner margins are crenately dentate. The sides beset with mamillate granules. Columella vesicular. Calicular fossa deep, 6 mm. Greater diameter of calice, about 17 mm.; lesser diameter of calice, about 13 mm.; height, 28 mm. Locality. —Red Bluff, Wayne County, Mississippi. (Schuchert and Burns, collectors.) Geologic occurrence—Red Bluff beds. type—United States National Museum. Genus PARASMILIA Milne-Edwards and Haime. PARASMILIA LUDOVICIANA sp. nov. Pl. IX, figs. 6 to 13. 1896. Parasmilia n.sp. Vaughan, Bull. U.S. Geol. Survey No. 142, p. 51. Form cornute, elongate, curved, cross section approximately circular or slightly compressed. Wall a pseudotheca. Costze corresponding to all cycles of septa; moderately prominent, subequal in size. Septa very slightly exsert, rather thin, about 32 in number; 16 reach the columella, The arrangement is in six systems, three complete cycles, 8 septa of the fourth cycle. MON XXX1x——8 114 EOCENE AND LOWER OLIGOCENE CORAL FAUNAS. On the outside and inside of the wall the trabeculze forming the septa are respectively inclined outward and inward. Very little of the septa is extra mural. The character of the septal margins is variable. Those of the first, second, and third cycles are usually entire, while those of the fourth cycle are frequently dentate. The margins of the larger septa are usually entire; of these occasionally a septum may have some dentations. Near the col- umella, teeth are quite frequent. The smallest septa are usually dentate, but oceasionally one of these may have an entire margin. The teeth on the inner ends of the large septa sometimes are paliform. There are no true pali, however. A few dissepiments are present. Columella false, upper surface papillate. Calicular fossa deep. 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 Mm. | Mm. Mn. Mm. | Greater diameter of calice, about ......--.--..-----. 8 10 8 6.5 Messer, diameter of calice:=-s--esteeeeeneeee eee eee Wai lowes a emjalasinoteee ci ase aarye Heightiot corallum c= scree eesti seem et 22.5 36 | PPR aly (sts3 | | Locality — Montgomery, Louisiana. Jacksonian stage. Geologic occurrence. types—LUnited States National Museum. Family OCULINIDA Milne-Hdwards and Haime. Genus ASTROHELIA M.-Edw. and H. ASTROHELIA NEGLECTA sp. noy. Pl. IX, figs. 14 to 15. Colony ramose, branches subcylindrical, from 14 to 22 mm. in diame- ter. Coenenchyma moderately thick, but not always very dense; surface minutely granulate and covered to a great extent by slightly flexuous costo- strie: Corallites arranged in rather definite spirals; often constricted at the ealicular margin, lower part filling with secondary deposit. Calices rather deep, subelliptical, diameter from 5 to 7 mm., distant from one-half to the length of their diameters; margins rather prominent, openings inclined toward the ends of the branches. Septa thin, not exsert, sides granulate, upper portion of margins minutely dentate, lower portion thrown into DESCRIPTIONS OF SPECIES. 115 minute sharp transverse undulations, 10 to 14 principal septa, between each pair of which are one or three septa of the higher cycles. Columella poorly developed. Locality— Red Bluff, Mississippi. Geologic occurrence—Red Bluff beds. Types—F rom collection of T. H. Aldrich in the United States National Museum; and United States National Museum. ASTROHELIA BURNSI Sp. noy. Pl. X, figs. 3 to 3b. Form ramose, branches of the type material small, 8 mm. in diameter, cross section subcircular. Ccenenchyma solid; ratio of diameter of axial corallite to that branch a Surface of ccenenchyma striate, strize not o very prominent. Calicular margin usually elevated from 1 to 2 mm. above the ccoenenchyma. Corallites arranged in irregular spirals. Distance between corallites, from 2 to 3 mm.; may be as much as 4mm. Diameter of calices, from 2.5 to 3.5mm. Calice near terminus of a branch may reach 5 mm. in diameter. Costze corresponding to all cycles of septa, low, flat, becoming irregular on the ccoenenchymal surface, with a tendency to be nodular, densely granulate; granulations small. Calicular fossze shallow, filling up from below with secondary deposit, connection with axial coral- lite being obliterated. Dissepiments present, but very few. Septa thin, weak; arrangement is decidedly irregular; a common scheme in calices 2.5 mm. in diameter is eight principal alternating with as many smaller ones. In the larger calices there may be twelve principal alternating with as many smaller ones, i. e., in three complete cycles. The calice in Pl. X, fig. 3b (4.5 mm. in diameter), shows such an arrangement. Margins of septa irregularly dentate; no pali, an occasional paliform lobe; sides granulate, the granules irregular in size and distribution. Columella very poorly developed, formed by the loose fusion of the inner terminations of the septa or processes from them. Some calices, such as the one figured, are practically devoid of even the false columella. Locality. —Jackson, Mississippi. Geologic occurrence— Jacksonian stage. Type—F rom collection of T. H. Aldrich in the United States National Museum. 116 EOCENE AND LOWER OLIGOCENE CORAL FAUNAS. Genus OCULINA Lamarck. The following notes on Oculina diffusa of the West Indies may be of interest in this connection. The wall is a true theca (PI. I, fig. 5), i. e., there are separate centers of calcification in the wall, which is not formed by the fusion of the distal ends of the septa." The septa are solid, and are composed of ascending trabeculae, with a line of divergence about coinciding in position with the wall. The margins, due to projection of the trabecular axes, are minutely dentate. The pali are lobes near the inner ends of the septa. The columella is false, formed by the fusion of septal processes. Reproduction takes place by both lateral budding and by fission (septal budding, dividing the mother calice into two daughter calices of the same size). OCULINA VICKSBURGENSIS (Conrad). Pl. X, figs. 4 to 10. 1847. Madrepora vicksburgensis Conrad. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., Vol. III, p. 296, 1848. Madrepora vicksburgensis Conrad. Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 2d ser., Vol. Ie spl ite ; 1850. Astrohelia lesuewri Milne-Edwards and Haime. Annales sci. nat., 5d ser., Vol. XIII, p. 75. 1857. Astrohelia lesuewrt Milne-Edwards and Haime. Hist. Nat. des Corall., Vol. I, p. 112, Pl. D1, figs. 8 and 8a. 1861. Astrohelia lesueuri de Fromentel. Introd. i Etude des Polyp. foss., p. 178. 1881. Astrohelialesueuri Quenstedt. Réhren- und Sternkorallen, p. 971, pl. clxxx, fig.51, The following is a translation of the original description of A. lesweuri: Corallum dendroid, forming branches from 2 to 3 centimeters in thickness, cylin- drical, sometimes coalescent, with ccanenchyma highly developed, extremely compact, and whose surface, which is very finely granulated, presents in addition flexuous feeble striz. Calices circular, subequal, distant once or twice their diameter or even more, with thin slightly prominent margins, with a cavity of only little depth. Colu- mella weak, spongy, slightly developed, but a little more than in other species of the genus. Fourteen principal septa alternately unequal, extremely thin, slightly flexu- ous, subgranulate, scarcely exsert. An equal number of very small septa. Diameter of the calices 4 millimeters. Tertiary of the Walnut Hills, on the banks of the Mississippi (Lesueur). Collection of the Museum, )} Ortmann, in Die Zeitschrift fiir wissenschaftliche Zoologie, Vol. L, 1890, p. 309, writing of Oculina diffusa, says: ‘ Oculina hat mit den iibrigen sog. Oculiniden (Amphihelia, Acrohelia, Lopho- helia) absolut nichts zu thun, sondern gehért in die Verwandtschaft von Heliastrea. Von ersteren unterscheidet sie sich vor allen Dingen durch das Fehlen der echten Maner.” A comparison of PI. II, fig. 5, of this work, with Ortmann’s statement, should be made. The figure shows an undoubted so-called true theca. DESCRIPTIONS OF SPECIBS. LW This description, although excellent, does not take into consideration all of the characters of the species, nor some of its important variations. The margins of the calices may be slightly elevated or very greatly elevated. In some instances they may project as much as 2.5 mm., or in extreme caseseven4 mm. The elevated portion of the corallites is subcylin- drical. Costze are well developed in the region of the calicular margin, but are low and rounded. The depth of the calice is variable; it is shallow in low corallites, and deep in elevated corallites. The septa are usually thin, but may be moderately strong. The margins are regularly and minutely dentate. Near the inner termination of each of the principal septa, just before it joins the columella, there is a distinct, moderately wide granulate palus, or a strong paliform tooth. From the constant presence of these lobes, I place the species in the genus Oculina. In Astrohelia palmata (Goldfuss) from the Chesapeake Miocene, small lobes of quite similar character fre- quently occur on the principal septa. Dissepiments are present, but are not abundant. The size of the calices is necessarily variable; the usual size is, as Milne-Edwards and Haime state, 4mm. It varies from about 2.5 mm. to 5 mm. Localities —Vicksburg and Byrams Ferry, Mississippi. Geologic occurrence — Vicksburg and Red Blutf beds. Specimens —United States National Museum (a magnificent suite); Wag- ner Free Institute of Science; collection of T. H. Aldrich; Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia; Boston Society of Natural History; Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Massachusetts; Muséum d'Histoire Naturelle of Paris. The Milne-Edwards and Haime types of A. leswewi are in Paris. Conrad’s types may be in Philadelphia, but I am not positive. Dr. William H. Dall possesses a series of four plates, engraved by Lesueur, representing the fossils found at Vicksburg (Walnut Hills), Missis- sippi. Pl. I, fig. 14, represents a coral, most probably Oculina vicksburgensis (Conrad). The following notés give a few details of the finer structure: The struc- ture of this species and of Oculina diffusa, as nearly as could be made out, is identical. The specimens are not sufficiently well preserved to permit the character of the wall to be made out with certainty, but it seems to be the so-called true theca. 118 EOCENE AND LOWER OLIGOCENE CORAL FAUNAS. The dense ccenenchyma which is laid down on the stock is of spe- cial interest This is deposited in layers parallel to the surface of the stock, and is striate perpendicularly thereto. This ccenenchyma is composed of minute calcareous bars which break into small blocks. As yet I have been unable to find calcification centers or nuclei from which the bars radiate. In some places a faintly radiate arrangement could be distinguished. I could not even make out the calcification centers in the septa where we know they exist, so there may have been the usual radiate structure in the ecenenchyma also. The interseptal loculi are filled, as Hinde has repre- sented to be the case in Septastreea. OCULINA MISSISSIPPIENSIS (Conrad). Pl. XI, all figs. 1847. Madrepora mississippiensis Conrad. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., Vol. III, p. 296. 1848. Madrepora mississippiensis Conrad. Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 2d ser., Vol. I, p. 127, pl. xiii, fig. 22. Lesueur Planches inédites, No. 5, fig. 15 and perhaps also figs. 12 and 13 (fide Milne-Edwards and Haime). 1850. Oculina americana Milne-Edwards and Haime. Annales sci. nat., 3d ser., Vol. XIII, p. 70. 1857. Oculina americana Milne-Edwards and Haime. Hist. Nat. des Corall., Vol. II, p. 108. 1861. Oculina americana de Fromentel. Introd. 4 ’ Etude des Polyp. foss., p. 176. 1866. Dendrophyllia mississippiensis Conrad. Check List, p. 26. ‘The following is a translation of Milne-Edwards and Haime’s original description of Oculina americana: Branches cylindrical, calices circular, considerably crowded together, disposed according to rather regular spirals, terminating in distinct tubular mamelons opening upward. The terminal calice is in general larger than the others. Costal striw not very pronounced, very fine, flexuous, slightly unequal. Fossa of the calice not deep. Columella and pali moderately developed. Septa in three complete cycles; in addition in one of the halves of two systems, one observes constantly septa of a fourth cycle, and the tertiaries comprehended between these attain a development almost equal to that of the secondaries, and coalesce near the internal margin of the secondaries. These septa are crowded together and are slightly exsert. We have observed only isolated branches about 2 centimeters in size; the individuals are 6 or 7 millimeters at their base, only three at the calice. Fossil from the middle tertiary of the Walnut Hills, on the banks of the Mississippi: Coll. Mus. (Lesueur).! 'Milne-Edwards and Haime, Annales sci. nat., 3d ser., Vol. XIII, 1857, p. 70. DESCRIPTIONS OF SPECIES. 119 Milne-Edwards and Haime considered this species and their Astrohelia ‘lesueurt as Miocene, but the Tertiary of Walnut Hills is well known to belong to the Vicksburgian Oligocene of Conrad, Dall, ete." Notes on Conrad's type, in the collection of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. — (1onrad has described a young branch that does not show the characters of the adult specimens well. The calices are prominent and the corallites are more inclined to the axis of the colony than is usual. : Mm. Greater diameterof corallitevatsbases-. sss neoc 1- so aca eee eee ee 5 Greater diameter of, corallite at calice.......--:...-<.-.-- =+-s2-: 4 Wesserdiameter on coralliteratbaseeeee. + seeers sds sescesee aoe oes 4 besser diameter of corallite at calice’--..-.....-:--.--.--..--.---- 3. 10 Height of corallite (measured on side).--...--:..-.---.-.-.---.--- 205 One\coralliteyhasiay helshttotvejer) ss rss = eile a er 4,2 The specimen is so much worn as not to permit the surface ornamen- tation to be made out well, but it is evidently of the type characterizing the typical Oculina americana of Milne-Edwards and Haime. This species presents an enormous amount of variation. The figures (Pl. XI) show it graphically. , From an inspection of the illustrations one would be inclined to think there are no tangible specific characters, but there are several good ones. The septa are very thin, and neither pali nor paliform teeth are well developed. Because of the latter fact I have doubted whether the species should be referred to Oculina. The other specific distinction lies in the character of the ccenenchymal surface. This is usually thrown into humps or folds, especially around the bases of the projecting portion of the corallites; and it is covered by wavy, often disconnected, striz. The striz are almost concentric around the basis of the-free part of the corallites. The ccenenchymal surface in Oculina vicksburgensis is more regular, the striz are more continuous, and usually follow a general longitudinal course quite closely. These features are indicated by the figures. 1 See Conrad, Am. Jour, Sci., 2d ser., Vol. II, 1846, p. 210. 120 EOCENE AND LOWER OLIGOCENE CORAL FAUNAS. OCULINA SINGLEYI sp. nov. Pl. X, figs. 1 to 2a; Pl. XII, figs. 1 to 3a. Colony ramose, branches attaining almost 2 em. in diameter, irregular in form, but usually subeylindrical. Ccenenchyma thick and very dense; surface granulate and ornamented in addition thereto by fine flexuous striz. Calices deep, circular, size varying greatly; the young calices on young branches or the young calices on old branches are much smaller than the old salices; diameters, from 1.75 to 4 mm.; usual size, from 2.5 to 3 mm.; distri- bution on the corallum irregular, on young branches they may be slightly crowded, on old branches they may be very distant, but the distance from one calice to that standing nearest to it rarely or never exceeds twice its diameter; margins usually prominent. On the outside of the projecting part of the corallites are prominent granulate costa alternating in size. They project slightly above the calicular margin and connect with the corresponding septa. Septa rather weak, in many instances very frail, or they may be rather stout, sides granulate; margins minutely dentate; three complete cycles; six systems. In the largest-sized calices there are frequently a variable number of members of the fourth cycle. Pali small and fragile or fairly large, irregular in shape before all cycles of septa except the last. Columella moderately developed, spongy. Localities —Smithville, Bastrop Country, Texas; Moseleys Ferry, Brazos River, Burleson County, Texas; Wheelock, Robertson County, Texas; Alabama Bluff, Trinity River, Houston County, Texas. Geologic occurrence—] ,ower Claiborne. types—F rom collection of J. A. Singley deposited in the United States National Museum. Specimens represented in Pl. X, figs. 1 to 2a, from col- lection of Wagner Free Institute of Science. This species resembles Oculina mississippiensis of Conrad rather closely, but it may be separated from the latter species chiefly by its deeper calices and the prominent coste on the outside of the elevated portion of the corallites. These characters are well expressed in Pl. XII, figs. 2a and 2b. DESCRIPTIONS OF SPECIES. 1A OCULINA ALABAMENSIS sp. nov. Pl. XII, figs. 4 to 7. In the collections of T. H. Aldrich and of the United States National Museum are seven pieces of branches of a new Oculina, from Greggs Landing, Alabama. The branches are small, the longest between 20 and 25 mm. in length, and are very irregular in shape. The greater diameter of the thickest piece is 9 mm.; one of the smaller pieces has a diameter of about 4.5mm. The corallites usually project somewhat above the ccenenchymal surface, but are not greatly elevated; about 1.5 mm. is the maximum height of the projecting portion. On the outside of the free part of each corallite are distinct costs corresponding to all septa. The costze of the last cycle may be decidedly less prominent than those of the first and second cycles, which are nearly (if not precisely) equal. In profile they are usually flattish, and are densely granulate. The ccenenchymal surface very often shows no costz or striz, but is densely granulate; other specimens, especially worn ones (see Pl. XII, fig. 7), show distinct costee. The calices are moderately deep, show no definite arrangement. The distance between them is from 0.5 to 2 mm.; their diameters range from 1.5 to 2.5 mm.; a very little more than 2 mm. may be considered the average. The septa are in three complete cycles. The margins of those of the first and second cycles are somewhat exsert. The first and second cycles reach the columella, and have on the inner edges, just before reaching the columella, small, thin, weak pali. Their sides are minutely and densely granulated. Columella spongy, not greatly developed. - Locality—Greges Landing, Alabama. Geologic occurrence —Greges Landing substage of the Chickasawan. types.—F rom collection of T. H. Aldrich in the United States National Museum; and United States National Museum. This species is easily recognized by the small size of its calices and its fragile character. 122 EOCENE AND LOWER OLIGOCENE CORAL FAUNAS. OCULINA HARRISI Sp. nov. Pl. XII, figs. 9 and 9a. This species 1s based on one specimen, the end of a branch, but it is very well preserved. The length of the branch is 85 mm.; diameter of its lower end, 15 mm., of its upper end, 11 mm. The branch tapers but little and has a blunt termination. The ccenenchyma is very solid; its surface is marked by rather fine, low, granulated strize. The calices are distributed in rather regular spirals; the usual distance between two, measured on a spiral, is 4 mm., but in one exceptional case the distance is 10mm. The margins are thin, project abruptly about 2 mm. above the ccenenchyma; some are lower, and one is 3.5 mm. high. Externally the corallite walls are marked by rather broad, low costa, alternating in size and corresponding to all cycles of the septa. The average diameter of the calices is 5 mm.; the smaller ones are 4.5 mm., and one large one has a diameter of 6.25 mm. There is practically no difference in the diameter of the corallite at the ecenenchymal surface and at the calicular margin. Calices deep, wide open. Septa thin, weak; a common arrangement is 14 principal and 14 small septa, i. e., three complete cycles in six systems, and four of the fourth cycle intercalated in the two half systems on each side of the uppermost primary. Two septa of the third cycle usually reach the columella in the two half systems on each side of the uppermost primary. These two tertiaries and the second- aries may be more prominent than the primaries. The margins are finely and regularly dentate. The pali are merely arched lobes near the inner terminations of the larger septa. They are usually distinct, but sometimes are confused with septal dentations; in some cases they are very broad. They are thin, and have granulated sides. Columella very poorly developed, formed by the lax fusion of the imner septal terminations. Dissepiments, if present, very rare. The calices fill up from below and obliterate the con- nection with the axial corallite. Locality — Red Bluff, Mississippi. Geologic occurrence—Red Bluff beds. type—United States National Museum. The species is characterized especially by (1) the blunt termina- tion of the branches, which taper very slightly toward the apex; (2) the DESCRIPTIONS OF SPECIES. 123 diameters of the corallites at their bases and circular margins being practi- cally the same; (3) the thinness of the margins of the calices, the thin septa and pali, and the lax columella. OCULINA ALDRICHI sp. noy. Pl. XII, figs. 8 and Sa. The species is described from a small but excellently preserved piece of a branch. The branch is small; does not taper rapidly toward the end. Ccenen- chyma solid, surface finely striate longitudinally, granulations not apparent. Corallites in rather definite spirals, inclined toward the termination of the branch, usually rise very little above the ccenenchyma, occasionally as much as 2 mm., scarcely constricted at the calicular margin. Distance between calices on a spiral about 3 mm.; sometimes a little more or a little less. Externally on the corallite wall there are low subequal costee corresponding to all cycles of septa. Wall at calicular margin rather stout; diameter of calices, 4 to 5 mm.; calices not very deep. Septa rather thin; usual arrangement, 14 principal and as many smaller ones, i. e., three complete cycles of six systems, and two members of the fourth cycle in each of the half systems on the sides of the uppermost primary. The tertiaries in the half systems on each side of that primary usually reach the columella. Members of the fifth cycle are sometimes present in the quarter systems next the uppermost primary. Margins finely dentate, sides finely granulated. A very few dissepiments present. Pali erect, rather slender lobes near the inner terminations of the septa; they may be double. Columella poorly developed, formed by the fusion of the inner terminations of the septa or of septal processes. The basal portions of the corallites fill up by internal secondary deposit. Locality —Byrams Ferry, Mississippi. Geologic occurrence Red Bluft beds. type—F rom collection of T. H. Aldrich in United States National Museum. OCULINA (?) SMITHI sp. noy. Pl. XII, figs. 10 to 11. Form dendroid or branches coalescing to form small flabelliform masses. Ccenenchyma very solid. Corallites projecting slightly or not at all. On small branches arrangement in rather regular spirals; when the 124 EOCENE AND LOWER OLIGOCENE CORAL FAUNAS, branches fuse, the arrangement very irregular. Diameter of corallites 2 mm.; distance between them usually about 3 mm. Calicular fossa usually appears very deep, because the septa and columella are broken away. In the best-preserved specimens it is moderately deep. Septa in three complete cycles of six systems. Pali (?). Columella fairly well developed, spongy. Locality. —Prairie Creek, Alabama. Geologic occurrence—Midway beds. types. —United States National Museum. This species is based on very poor material, and is described more for the purpose of making the treatment of the fauna of the Midway beds as complete as possible than for any other reason. There are five specimens in the United States National Museum, evidently belonging to the same species of Oculinoid coral. The species is referred doubtfully to Oculina, because the probability seems greatest that it belongs there, but the interior of the calices has been destroyed to so great a degree that the presence of pali can not be determined. The three characters, (1) the coalescing of the branches into flabelliform masses, (2) the dense ccenenchyma, (3) the small size of the calices, when taken together, readily distinguish the species from any other coral of the same group found in our Eocene deposits. Pl. XII, fig. 11, represents a small branch with prominent calices; the highest projects 2.25 mm. Fig. 10 (Pl. XII) shows the habit of growth and the appearance of an eroded mass; the calices rather surely never projected much. Fig. 10a (Pl. XID) is of a calice with the columella broken down; it shows the arrangement of the septa. Genus AMPHIHELIA Milne-Edwards and Haime. AMPHIHELIA NATCHITOCHENSIS sp. nov. Pl. XII, figs. 12 to 18. 1896. Amphihelia n. sp. Vaughan. Bull. U.S. Geol. Survey No. 142, p. 49. The specimens are poorly preserved, but the method of growth, arrangement of calices, and manner of budding is the same as in the génus to which it is referred. Although we have not obtained perfect masses, the form of the colony is evidently dendroid. Branches small, the largest that we have being 11 mm. in diameter and the smallest 1.75 mm. in diameter. The cross section DESCRIPTIONS OF SPECIES. R25 of a branch is subquadrangular, the angles rounded. The greater diameter of a branch is at right angles to the plane containing the calices. Coste not prominent and confined to a small area just below the outer edges of the calices. Coenenchymal surface almost devoid of ornamentation; a few irregular, flexuous strie. Distance between calices usually about 5 mm. Calices of two kinds, (1) not prominent, and (2) very prominent, the margin of the most elevated standing 3.5 mm. above coenenchyma. Those calices produced by the alternate budding are usually not prominent, while those produced by budding from these are frequently very elongate. The calices are nearly circular, and range in diameter from 1.3 to 2 mm.; very deep—one has a depth of 8 mm. Septa in six systems, three cycles; those of the first and some members of the second cycle have slightly exsert margins. The sides of the septa are eranulate, and their margins show minute dentations. Columella distinct, deep down in the calices, spongy, and rather poorly developed. Localities —Natchitoches, Louisiana; San Augustine, Texas. Geologic occurrence— Lower Claiborne. Types—United States National Museum. This is another species that closely resembles a species from the Lower Oligocene of Jekaterinoslaw. The species with which it has apparent affini- ties is described by Sokolow as Diplohelia sp.t About the only difference found between the forms, after an examination of Dr. Sokolow’s types, was that the calices of the Russian species are closer together than in the species from Natchitoches, Louisiana, a difference so slight that the two may per- haps be placed in the same species. Genus CQLALOHELIA gen. nov. Budding dichotomous, alternate, occasionally double. Corallum evi- dently dendroid. Ccoenenchyma compact. Calices rather prominent, dis- posed in two opposite rows. Coste exist only just below the margins of the calices and are insignificant. The remainder of the outer surface of the corallum shows no ornamentation; if it possesses any, there are only minute granulations. The septa are scarcely exsert at all; in three cycles of six systems; thicker at the wall. The margins show minute transverse ' Die unteroligociine Fauna der Glaukonitsande bei der Eisenbahnbriicke von Jekaterinoslaw: Mém. du Comité Géologique (Russia), 1894, pp. 99-100, fig. 12 (in text), pl. ii, figs. la-1f. 126 EOCENE AND LOWER OLIGOCENE CORAL FAUNAS. undulations, and also some small dentations. One crown of pali before the second cycle of septa. Calicular fossze very deep. No columella. Internal cavity of corallites not filling up. No dissepiments were seen. After repeated attempts to place this coral in one of the recognized Oculinid genera, I have decided that it is necessary to make a new generic designation for it. The genera of Oculinidse, with dichotomous budding, and calices arranged in two opposite rows, are Neohelia’ Moseley, Lopho- helia® M.-Edw. and H., Amphihelia’ M.-Edw. and H., Enallohelia® @’Orb., Euhelia* M.-Edw. and H., Acrohelia* M.-Edw.and H., Cyathohelia? M.-Edw. and H., Bathelia’ Moseley, and Tiarodendron* Quenstedt. Tiarodendron has large calices and large prominent coste, so it can be dropped from consideration at once. The following genera have no pali, so they can not be further considered: Neohelia, Lophohelia, Diplohelia, and Acrohelia.t I do not know whether Enallohelia and Euhelia possess them. The former has a styliform columella and the latter turbinate corallites with a rudimentary columella. Only Cyathohelia and Bathelia remain. The former has septa with prominent (exsert) margins, and both have well- developed columella. From this résumé of the points of difference between Ceelohelia and the other Oculinids possessing the same mode of growth, it will be evident that this is a very distinct genus. According to Duncan’s classification of the Oculinidee, it belongs in the alliance Oculinoidea, and seems to stand nearest Bathelia. The last-mentioned genus has. deep, widely-open calices, with four cycles of septa and a single crown of pali. The columella is large and composed of numerous trabecule. The differ- ence between Ceelohelia and Bathelia® is thus narrowed down to the latter possessing a well-developed columella, while the former does not. In the following specific description some of the characters stated in the generic description are repeated. ‘Moseley, Deep sea corals: Challenger Reports, pp. 176 and 177. ? Duncan, Revision Genera Madreporaria: Journ. Linn. Soc., London, Vol. XVIII, 1884, pp. 37-44. 8 Quenstedt, Réhren- und Sternkorallen, p. 739-741, pl. elxxii, figs. 1-10. 4Milne-Edwards and Haime, Hist. Nat. des Corall., Vol. II, p. 120. 5Duncan, op. cit., p. 44. DESCRIPTIONS OF SPECIES. PAF CaiLOHELIA WAGNERIANA Sp. nov. Pl. XII, figs. 19 to 19b. There is a single specimen of this species in the collection of the Wag- ner Institute. Its size and general appearance are shown by PI. XII, figs. 19 and 19a. The calices are primarily arranged in two rows, opposite each other, one on each side of the branch. The budding may sometimes be double, but the general bilateral symmetry of the branch is not lost. The calices are elliptical, the longer axis being parallel to a plane passing verti- cally between the two rows of corallites. Measurements of two calices are as follows: | 1 < | Mm. Mm (creator diameter, OhCall Claas eeeise em sess eee a aiselsts ctx alenciesiaeeee 3 3.5 25. | | Messer(diameter/of calice ..-cecesceace soars auae os eseeeeincn css wseees | 2.3 The amount of elevation of the calicular margins and the distance between the calices are shown by the figures. Costee are present only just below the ecalicular margin and are very insignificant. The outer surface of the corallum has suffered some erosion, so its ornamentation can not be stated positively. Apparently it is smooth; if it was ornamented, the orna- mentation almost certainly consisted only of minute granulations. The septa are so slightly exsert that they can be described as not exsert. Three com- plete cycles of six systems. Very much thicker at the wall than interiorly. The margins fall quickly to the bottom of the calices; they are transversely slightly undulate, and exhibit minute dentations. There are three sizes of septa; on the inner margin of each of the six of the middle size, deep down . in the calice, is a delicate erect palus. There are no pali before the third cycle of septa and apparently also none before the first cycle. The septal margins are very nicely preserved, so there is no reason to doubt that the above is the correct distribution of the pali. The sides of the septa are covered by many very small, tall granulations, which seem to have flattish or roundish terminations. The bottoms of the calices do not fill up with secondary deposit. I could find absolutely no vestige of a columella; there- fore a corallite cavity communicates directly with the one below it, and, to be sure, the calices are very deep. The principal septa could not be seen to meet even in the bottom of the calice. 128 EOCENE AND LOWER OLIGOCENE CORAL FAUNAS. Locality Peach Tree Landing, Alabama River, Alabama. Horizon—Gregos Landing, Chickasawan stage. type~—Waener Free Institute of Science. Family STYLOPHORID Zittel (subfam. M.-Edw. and H.). Genus MADRACIS Milne-Edwards and Haime. MADRACIS GANEI sp. nov. Pl. XIII, figs. 1 to 7. 1896. Stylophora n. sp. Vaughan. Bull. U. 8. Geol. Survey No. 142, p. 49. Colony branching; branches approximately circular in cross section; diameter of branches from 5 to 14 mm. Surface between calices rough, granular; no costee. Calices shallow, subcircular, or elliptical, small; diameter about 2 mm.; usually about 2 mm. apart, margins very slightly elevated. Septa usually ten, which reach the columella; a variable number of smaller septa; thicker at the corallite wall, slightly exsert; sides minutely and irregularly granulate. Dissepiments abundant. Columella stout, styliform, below the projecting point very thick. The axes of the colonies are spongy, but between the central spongy axis of a colony and the bottoms of the calices the corallites are almost entirely filled with dense, solid, internal cal- careous deposit. Locality Natchitoches, Louisiana. Geologic occurrence —[ower Claiborne. types— United States National Museum. Named in honor of Dr. H. 8. Gane. The following gives some of the minute details of this species, and, for purposes of comparison, some notes on the recent West Indian Madracis decactis (Lyman) and Madracis mirabilis (Duchassaing and Michelotti): This species agrees in every essential character with Madracis mirabilis of Duch. and Mich. and with Madracis decactis of Lyman—all of which agree with the original characterization of the genus. In the cross section of a corallite of M. ganei a styliform columella can be seen between the thick and inner ends of the septa and the calcareous deposits that surround them. The columella probably has been broken out of those calices that seem to contain none, or rather which seem to possess only a false one. Quite often a single dissepiment is seen in the cross section of one interseptal loculus. The wall appears to belong to that type known as a true theca. The septal margins are finely dentate. As DESCRIPTIONS OF SPECIES. 129 the septa are short, only a few dentations are seen. In this species the presence of more than ten septa is rare. But occasionally there are rudi- mentary septa of a higher cycle in a few interseptal loculi, as Gregory found to be the case in M. decactis'(uyman). The general features are the same as in M. ganei. Frequently between the outer septal ends there is a slight bulging inward corresponding to the intervening true thecal calcifi- cation centers. These slight projections should probably be considered very rudimentary septa. The resemblance of M. mirabilis (D. and M.) to M. ganei is remarkably close considering that they are so widely separated in geologic time. The two species are, however, specifically quite distinct; they only belong close together in the same genus. The calices of mirabilis are only about 1.5 mm. in diameter, while the smaller calices of ganei usually measure 2 mm. There are other differences also. Quite frequently rudimentary smaller septa exist in mirabilis between the larger septa. The inner part of the septal margins is dentate, but the part that is exsert has an entire margin; with a hand lens no dentations could be detected. Fowler? has published some very interesting notes on Madracis asperula. Although it is a digression to introduce them here, it may be permis- sible. The more salient points are: The tentacles are both ectoccelic and entoccelic; the septa occur between pairs of normal mesenteries; the directive mesenteries are well developed, but do not (as is the case in Pocillopora and Seriatopora) always coincide with the axial and abaxial plane of the branch; there are peripheral lamelle of the mesenteries in areas immediately surrounding the polyps. Von Heider has published an interesting paper, ‘ Madracis pharensis Heller,” in which notes are made on most, if not all, of the then known species of the genus.’ MADRAGCIS JOHNSONI Sp. nov. Pl. XIII, figs. 8 to 11. Form ramose; large, thick, compressed branches; surface granulate; no cost. Sometimes longitudinal, elevated, more or less granular lines. ‘alices with a more or less spiral arrangement; sometimes decidedly spiral, 'Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. London, Vol. LI, Aug., 1895, p. 258, fig. 1. 2 Quart. Jour. Microse. Sci. (N.S.), Vol. XXVIII, No, 111, Feb., 1888, pp. 414-416. 3Korallenstudien, Arbeiten aus d. Zodlog. Institut zu Graz: Zeitsch. fiir wiss. Zoblogie, Vol. LI, 1891, pp. 316-322, pl. xxiv. MON XXXIX 9 130 EOCENE AND LOWER OLIGOCENE CORAL FAUNAS. sometimes only obscurely so. Margins not at all elevated. Calices elliptical ; longer diameter about 3 mm., shorter 2.8 mm. Septa not exsert, usually 9 or 10, all of which reach the columella; there are usually about the same number of smaller septa. They are moderately thick; thicker at the wall and where they jom the columella. Margins granular; cavity filling up below. Columella short styliform, considerable calcareous thickening around it. Dissepiments present, thin. Localities —San Augustine, Texas; Alum Bluff, Colorado River, Texas. Geologic occurrence—]_ ower Claiborne. Types— Wagner Free Institute of Science. I have referred this species to Madracis with considerable hesitancy, because the collumella is so often nonstyliform, but it frequently is styli- form. This species and Madracis ganei undoubtedly belong to same genus. The distinguishing features between the two are: M. johnsoni has com- pressed and larger branches, and larger calices, which are much more crowded and are arranged more regularly. MADRACIS GREGORIOI sp. nov. Pl. XIII, figs. 12 and 12a. Jolony small, branching. Corallites crowded together, variable in shape, joined directly by their walls, very little or no coenenchyma. Walls not thick; upper surface rough. The immediate line of fusion of the walls of neighboring corallites is indicated by a small distinct ridge. The margin of each calice is marked by a small zigzag ridge. Between the ridge around the margin of a calice and the ridge marking the line of fusion between the walls of two corallites there is a slight groove. Calices shallow. - The principal septa are ten in number; occasional rudiments of intermediate ones are seen; their faces granulate. At first they are weak, but become secondarily thickened. Columella small, styliform, thickening in old calices by deposit around it. Diagonal diameter of calice 2.5 mm. (this is probably an average size); wall about 1.6 mm. in thickness. Localities. —Hatchetigbee Bluff, Tuscahoma Landing, and Greggs Land- ing, Alabama. Geologic occurrence—Chickasawan stage. DESCRIPTIONS OF SPECIES. 131 types—F rom collection of T. H. Aldrich in the United States National Museum. This is merely a species of Madracis with more crowded and more irregularly shaped calices than in the two other species. Genus STYLOPHORA Schweigger. STYLOPHORA MINUTISSIMA Sp. nov. Pl. XIII, figs. 13 to 15. In the United States National Museum are several small branches of this species, weathered out of a cherty limestone. The best-preserved and the most easily studied branch measured 15.5 mm. in length and 2.5 mm. in diameter. The cross section of the branch is circular. The calices are shallow, and are arranged in regular ascending spirals. heir distance apart is about 1 mm. They are elliptical in shape, the greater diameter 0.7 mm., the smaller 0.5 mm. The margins not at all prominent, only a slight bulg- ing upward of the surface in the calicular region. The ecenenchymal surface has suffered corrosion, but certainly is granulate, and may have in places possessed some longitudinal striations. Six stout septa reach the columella; no indications of a second cycle. The six septa in places seem so thickened that they almost close the lower part of the calicular cavity. Four pits, each between a pair of septa in the segment of the calice toward the distal end of the branch; two on each side of a vertical plane through the longer axis of the calice are deeper than the two pits at the other end of the calice (ef. Pl. XIII, fig. 14). The columella is stout. It was not possible to determine whether or not dissepiments exist. Locality —Russell Springs, Flint River, Georgia. Geologic horizon —Vicksburgian stage, Ocala group. type—United States National Museum. This species has an extremely close resemblance to Stylophora affinis Dunean,' from the Nivajé shale of San Domingo. The resemblance is especially close to the var. minor. The points of difference are: The calices of St. affinis are circular, while in St. minutissima they are elliptical; between the corallites of St. afinis there is on the coenenchyma a distinct raised ridge, while no such ridge exists in Sé. minutissima. 1 Duncan, Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. London, Vol. XIX, 1863, pp. 436-437, pl. xvi, fig. 4. 132 EOCENE AND LOWER OLIGOCENE CORAL FAUNAS, STYLOPHORA PONDEROSA Sp. nov. Pl. XII, fig. 16; Pl. XIV, figs. 1 to 1b. Corallum, subplane or rounded masses, the largest of an irregular form, 40 em. across and 10 em. thick. Calices shallow, small, crowded; diameter, 1 mm.; distance apart, 0.5 mm. The coenenchymal surface is preserved in its original condition on none of the numerous specimens in the United States National Museum; therefore its character must be deduced from the sec- tions parallel to the long axes of the corallites. As shown by PI. XIII, fig. 16, the coenenchyma is laminate. Pl. XIV, fig. 1b, represents a portion of the weathered surtace of a specimen seen in longitudinal section; Pl. XIII, fig. 16, is a magnified, thin, longitudinal section. In the former figure the laminze are seen to be joined to each other by vertical elevations, while the latter figure shows light-colored laminze, with tall spines of the same material. The higher lamina may rest on the spines (or echinulations) of the lower, or the spines may not quite reach from the lower to the next higher lamina. The spaces intervening between the laminze and spines are filled by darker material. It is extremely difficult to determine exactly how much of the original structure has been completely obliterated. In the instances where the spines do not reach from the lower to the next superimposed lamina, we may have a secondary condition, brought about by chemical changes in the corallum. In some places in the thin section the white calcite can be seen passing grad- ually into the darker, more amorphous material. The following probably represents the original character of the ccenen- chyma: Coenenchyma, laminate, surface covered by tall erect spines (echinu- lations); each succeeding lamina in general rests on the summits of the echinulations of the immediately preceding lamina. Septa, six well developed, reaching the columella; quite often rudi- ments of a second cycle can be distinguished, but only the first cycle is well developed; they are thicker at the wall. The usual appearance of the specimens is to have no septa at all, they having been destroyed in the process of fossilization. Dissepiments are present, but their details could not be made out. The corallite cavities usually are filled with solid calcite or are rotted out and hollow. The columella is moderately stout and styliform. DESCRIPTIONS OF SPECIES. 133 Lorality—Salt Mountain, 6 miles south of Jackson, Alabama. Geologic horizon —Lower Oligocene, from the Coral limestone overlying the Vicksburg beds. types— United States National Museum. This species is absolutely peculiar for the North American Tertiary deposits; nothing even resembling it is known from either the continent or the West Indian region. Family ASTRANGIDA Verrill. Genus ASTRANGIA Milne-Edwards and Haime. The three following species have given me great trouble, and I am not thoroughly satisfied with the treatment of them, but with the material at hand it is the best possible. ASTRANGIA EXPANSA sp. noy. Pl. XIV, figs. 3 to 5. 1896. Astrangia n. sp. Vaughan. Bull. U. S. Geol. Survey No. 142, p. 51. This species is based on four specimens, one from Jackson, Mississippi, from the collection of T. H. Aldrich; and three from Montgomery, Louis- iana, in the collection of the United States National Museum. Apparently the best method of presenting the specific characters is to begin by describing the simplest specimen, and to compare the others with it. This specimen, of which the following is a description, is represented by Pl. XIV, figs. 3 to 3b; it is from the collection of Mr. Aldrich. Colony incrusting, the specimen is attached to a valve of Barbatia cuculloides (Conrad). The base is much expanded, producing a thin coating of considerable extent on the shell. The new corallites arise from basal expansions of the old, sometimes at the base of the old, sometimes at a considerable distance away, but are not at all crowded. The figure shows their arrangement with reference to one another. The surface of the expanded base possesses striations, radiating around the corallites. Cor- allites slightly elevated—2 mm. Their outer surface corroded, prevent- ing the costal characters from being studied. The central corallite of the colony nearly circular in outline, with a diameter of 3mm. The other corallites more or less elliptical. External surfaces of the corallites obscurely costate. The walls not very thick. Septa in three complete cycles with a 134 EOCENE AND LOWER OLIGOCENE CORAL FAUNAS. considerable number of septa of the fourth; about half of the septa reach the columella. The septal faces granulate. Endotheca present, though not abundant. Columella large in proportion to the diameter of the coral- lite; very vesicular. The other specimens considered are from Montgomery, Louisiana. The specimen represented in Pl. XIV, fig. 4, resembles the one already described in the size and general arrangement of the calices, but the corallites are more crowded. The expanded base possesses strong coste, which are beaded along the summits and are regularly alternately larger and smaller in size. The costee on the outer surface of the corallite wall are similar’ in character. The coste are not acute, but are somewhat rounded. This specimen is attached to a shell of Pseudoliva vetusta (Conrad). The features of importance in the next specimen are: One large calice has a longer diameter of 5 mm., and a shorter diameter of 4 mm., but another calice has a diameter of 3 mm. The corallites are crowded. The last specimen (PI. XIV, fig. 5) is almost certainly an abnormality. The basal expansion spreads over some Serpula tubes and an undetermined piece of coral which in cross section has a decidedly Astrangioid appearance. The corallites of the incrusting colony frequently have the appearance of having budded off from the basal object of support. But a section cut longitudinally through two corallites of the colony, and transversely through the object of fixation, showed no connection at all between the corallites and the latter. Except for the irregularities due to the very uneven surface of the mass to which the colony is attached, the surface of the expanded base presents the same characters as those already given. The corallites are usually rather distant, several millimeters apart. The distance between them is frequently determined by a Serpula tube, a coral- lite being on each side of it. The diameter of the calices usually varies from 2.5 to 4 mm., and they do not stand very high above the basal expansion. One corallite, however, is peculiar; its calice has a diameter of 5.25 mm., and projects 7 mm. above the basal expansion. This large corallite shows no characters, except abnormal size, that would suggest its being different from the other corallites of the various specimens of the species studied. The character of its costal markings, the costal arrange- ment, the number of septa, and the columella in all of the noncorroded corallites are the same. The basal expansion at the base of this corallite seems DESCRIPTIONS OF SPECIES, 135 plastered over its costz ; therefore I am not sure that it may not be con- nected with the piece of coral which the colony incrusts. A few words should be added about this latter piece of coral. Its length is 22 mm.; the whole is occupied by one zooid. The greater diameter at the larger end is 9 mm., the lesser 6.5 mm. The piece was cut across about 14 mm. from the larger end. Here the greater diameter is 6.5 mm., and the lesser 5.5mm. There are 48 septa on the section, half of which reach the colu- mella. The columella is large and vesicular. It can not be proved, but I strongly suspect that every part of the coral portion of this specimen belongs to the same species. Possibly excepting the axial piece, which is the object of attachment, I am sure all of the other is of one species, if not absolutely of the same colony. After reading the above, one will see that enough material for a thorough understanding of this species has not yet been collected. From the data above given it certainly should be easily identified when found in the future. Localities, ete. —Already stated in the description. Horizon. Jacksonian stage. ASTRANGIA LUDOVICIANA Sp. nov. Pl. XIV, figs. 6 to 7. Colony incrusting, reproduction by budding from basal expansion or by lateral gemmation. The distribution of the corallites in the colony is shown by the figures. The surface of the basal expansion finely granulate, with or without fine costal striation. The outer surface of the corallites, just below the calicular margins, marked by small but distinct costee, usually alternating in size. The costz on the specimen represented in Pl. XIV, fig. Ta, extend to the basal expansion and are subequal in size. The height of the corallites varies from 0.5 mm, to 1.5 mm.; they may be subeylindrical in shape or slightly constricted at the calice. The diameter of the calices varies from 1.5 to 2.5mm. The septa have slightly exsert, minutely dentate margins; the paliform dentations are indistinct or absent. The number of the septa varies from 20 to 28, one-half being larger, and usually all of the larger septa reach the columella. The septal faces granu- late. No dissepiments were seen. Calicular fossa usually rather deep. Columella very lax, and often broken away altogether. 136 EOCENE AND LOWER OLIGOCENE CORAL FAUNAS. The species is based on two specimens, each of which is attached to a valve of Barbatia cuculloides (Conrad). Locality. —Montgomery, Louisiana. Horizon Jacksonian stage. Types.—P]. XIV, fig. 7, in the United States National Museum; PI. XIV, figs. 6, 6a, in the collection of the Wagner Free Institute of Science. As the latter is the more satisfactory specimen, if one specimen should be designated as the type, it should be that one. The material on which this species is based is not altogether satis- factory, as the amount and limits of variation can not be determined. However, it presents so many points of difference from the preceding Astrangia expansa that it does not seem possible for them to grade into each other. There are five points of difference: The calices of A. ludovi- ciana are much smaller, the septa are fewer, the columella is smaller and weaker, the surface of the basal expansion has less pronounced striations or none at all, and the costze on the outer surface of the corallite are not so well developed. ASTRANGIA HARRISI sp. nov. Pl. XIV, figs. 8 to 10a. 1894. Harris, Tertiary geology of southern Arkansas: Annual Report Geological Survey of Arkansas, 1892, Vol. II, p. 172. (The undetermined coral from three-quarters of a mile above Vinces Bluff, Saline River—partial type of the species.) Colony more or less incrusting, reproduction both from basal expansion and by lateral gemmation. The corallites are crowded, prominent, and often appear tufted. When budding takes place from the basal expansion, it is at the base of the older corallite. The height of the corallites depends onage; they quite often reach 6.5 mm. The costze correspond to all cycles of septa; they are low, nearly always broad, and rounded in profile, with many small granulations scattered over them. The ealices are elliptical. The size varies much according to age. The following measurements of adult or nearly adult ealices will give an idea of their size: 1 2 3 4 5 6 Mm. Mm. Mm. Mm. Mm. Mm. | | Greater diameter of calice ........ 10 (5 URE: 6.7 10,3 8.5 Lesser diameter of calice ......-..- 7.55 6.3 5.5 6 (hey) gf DESCRIPTIONS OF SPECIES. aie The young calices may have diameters of 2.5 by 3 mm. The septal arrangement seems to be on a basis of four complete cycles. In some calices there are three complete cycles with about half the members of the fourth cycle present; in other calices there are four complete cycles and a few members of the fifth cycle. The septa are alternately larger and smaller, but not all the larger reach the columella. In some instances every alter- nate septum is continued to the columella, but in other instances it is the fourth septum that is thus prolonged. The members of the highest cycles fuse to the sides of those of the next lower cycles. The septal faces are granulate; the margins are dentate. The dentations are rather large, and are not very sharp, sometimes having more the appearance of crenations. Synapticulz are present, usually are situated nearer the columella than the wall. Dissepiments present, but scanty. Calicular fossa rather deep. Columella well developed, very vesicular. Locality —Three-quarters of a mile above Vinces Bluff, Saline River, Cleveland County, Arkansas. Horizon. — Jacksonian stage. Types—In the United States National Museum are two colonies and several separate corallites collected by Prof. G. D. Harris; in the Wagner Free Institute of Science is the specimen represented by Pl. XIV, figs. 10, 10a. This species is so different from the two preceding species that critical remarks are unnecessary. It probably should be placed in the subgenus Phyllangia (genus of Milne-Kdwards and Haime). ASTRANGIA WILCOXENSIS sp. nov. Pl. XIV, figs. 11 and Illa. 1894. Cwspitose astrean Vaughan. Rept. geol. Coast. Plain Ala.: Ala. Geol. Survey, 1894, p. 248. A poorly preserved specimen of an Astrangioid coral, whose method of growth is in small tufts, is in the collection of Mr. T. H. Aldrich. Repro- duction appears to be by budding around the base of a central corallite. The corallites are rather tall, 6 mm.; externally marked by distinct, subacute, granulated costee, corresponding to all cycles of septa, and alternately large and small. Corallite wall strong. Calices elliptical. There are four com- plete cycles of septa in six systems, and a few members of a fifth cycle. 138 EOCENE AND LOWER OLIGOCENE CORAL FAUNAS. Those of the first and second cycle and some of the third cycle fuse in the columella space to form a false columella. Septal faces granulate. Char- acter of the septal margins unknown. Greater diameter of calice,’ 10 mm.; lesser diameter, 6 mm. Locality—Eastern Wilcox County, Alabama. Geologic occurrence —Midway beds, ‘‘Turritella rock.” The external features are well preserved in the specimen above described, so there should be no difficulty in recognizing the species when found again, but sufficient detail for absolute certainty in the generic deter- mination can not be made out. The species is referred to Astrangia because some species of the genus have a similar habit of growth. Astrangia lineata (Conrad) from the Miocene of Petersburs e, Virginia, is a good instance. 5 This is undoubtedly an Astrangia, and among the specimens of it in the United States National Museum instances of exactly the same method of erowth as that presented by A. wilcoxensis can be found. This species also may belong to the subgenus Phyllangia M.-Edw. and H. A. wilcoxensis ditters from acento ee eee aetaaaees By) a! 12 Lesser diameter of calice ' ' ' ‘ ' ‘ ‘ ‘ ' ' ‘ ' ‘ ' ' ' ‘ ‘ ' ‘ . a o m co or ot = o HGH OLE CoM Cane oe can Sopo Beonesas SUAS S=comcoges-am5ne 17.5 18 a Represented by Pl. XXI, fig. 5. The specimens from Virginia are usually more slender than those from Alabama. Pl. XXI, fig. 4, represents one of these slender specimens. Localities —Greoes Landing, Alabama; Woods Bluff, Alabama; Potomac Creek, Virginia; Aquia Creek, Virginia; 1 mile southeast of Mason Springs, Maryland. 1 Doubtful. It isquite probable that Conrad has assigned a wrong locality to the specimen. 182 EOCENE AND LOWER OLIGOCENE CORAL FAUNAS, Geologic occurrence —Bells Landing and Woods Bluff beds. type—Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. specimens. —United States National Museum; collection of T. H. Aldrich; and Wagner Free Institute of Science. The following is M. de Gregorio’s original description of Placosmilia (Trochosmilia) connivens de Gregorio (Pl. XXI, figs. 8 to 9a): “Tr, conoidea, simplex, elegans, calice elliptico, paulo excavato; septis numerosis in 6 cyclos dispositis, laminaribus, tenuibis, valde angulosis spinulosisque, apud columellam vix incrussatis; columella carente vel cellulosa, ficta; costulis exterioribus confertis, minutis, granulosis.” Translation: “Tr. conoid, simple, elegant; calice elliptical, slightly excavated; septa numerous, disposed in 6 cycles, thin, delicate, with very sharp minute spines, thickening near the columella; columella absent or cellular, false; external costee crowded together, minute, granular.” The description suits Hupsammia elaborata except for the number of cycles of septa, and the columella is never absent. £. elaborata has only five cycles of septa. M. de Gregorio’s figures for the side view of his species, and the outlines of the calice, answer for EZ. elaborata, and only five cycles of septa are represented. In the arrangement of the septa, however, his drawings do not represent what is found in Conrad’s species. The septal diagrams given by M. de Gregorio for other species of corals that I know well are not accurate, so it is not improbable that these likewise are not correct representations of what is found in the specimens. I believe that M. de Gregorio has redescribed E. elaborata. The following notes are made on the more minute structure of the species. The structure of a cross section is practically the same as in Bala- nophyllia irrorata, except. corresponding to each septum is a distinct, sharp, single costa. The distal spongy zone of the two genera is the same. The wall is made up of a network of false and true synapticulee, and the coste sometimes fuse laterally. One instance was seen where apparently a new septum was being intro- duced. Here the costa was double; the large septum corresponding to one side and the rudimentary septum corresponding to the other. This is a reproduction of the condition previously described for Balanophyllia. The sides of the septa are minutely striate, with a considerable number of granules along the courses of the striz. The strize may be directly con- DESCRIPTIONS OF SPECIES. 183 tinuous across several growth segments, or the new may be so introduced that the strize (trabecular lines) of a succeeding growth segment may alter- nate in position with those of the preceding. Both conditions are common. In the spongy zone is a line of trabecular divergence; interior to it the trabec- ule: pass upward and inward; exterior to it the trabecule appear horizontal. The margins of the septa where perfect were entire. The whole struc- ture of this species of Eupsammia is the same as in Balanophyllia, except in the comparatively insignificant detail already mentioned. EUPSAMMIA CONRADI nom. nov. Pl. XXI, figs. 10 to 10b. 1843. Turbinolia pileolus Conrad. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., Vol. I, p. 327. 1846. Turbinolia pileolus Conrad. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., Vol. III, p. 22, pl. i, fig. 26. : 1895. Eupsammia ? pileolus Vaughan. Johns Hopkins Univ. Cire., Vol. XV, p. 6. 1896. Hupsammia ? pileolus Vaughan. Bull. U.S. Geol. Survey No. 141, p. 90. non Turbinolia pileolus Kichwald. Zool. Spec., Pt. I, 1829, p. 186, pl. iii, fig. 1. Shape like a very short cylinder set on a hemisphere. The basal por- tion is very slightly conical, rounded. Very faint costee. Wall thick vesic- ulate. Septa thick, in four cycles; those of the fourth cycle fuse to the sides of the third, near the wall. The first three cycles reach the columella. Sides granulate; columella vesiculate. Greater diameter, 13 mm.; lesser diameter, 11.3 mm.; height, 11 mm. Locality —Pamunkey River, Kent County, Virginia. Type specimen —Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences. We know but little of this species; only one specimen seems to have been found, and that is very unsatisfactory. I have referred it to the genus Eupsammia, because of the strong resemblance of its septal arrangement to that of young forms of other species. There is a faint scar on the base, which may be due to attachment in its early stages. More information con- cerning this interesting little form will be welcomed. Genus RHECTOPSAMMIA gen. noy. The character of the wall, septa, ete., is typical of the family Eupsam- mide. Corallum simple, firmly attached by a short pedicel; flaring out above the pedicel. with thin wings on the edges of the larger specimens. Wall 184 EOCENE AND LOWER OLIGOCENE CORAL FAUNAS. very thin and very porous, naked, no epitheca. Broad costz correspond to the septa of the first and second cycles; a single broad cost usually corresponds to the combined septa of the third and fourth cycles; they are irregular in their development; all are minutely granulated. There are four cycles of septa in the type species. They are very perforate near the wall. The upper margins slightly exsert; the margins of the larger septa subentire, with some faint dentations, or occasional crenations; those of the smaller septa spiniform dentate. The septal faces striate, the strize rather remote, with comparatively tall, round-pointed granulations distributed along them. The trabecular construction seems to be the same as in Kupsammia and Balanophyllia. Columella very lax and spongy. This genus presents such distinct characters that it can scarcely be compared with any other Eupsammid genus. It would group in Duncan’s alliance Balanophyllioida, and probably has most resemblance to Endopachys, but differs in such important characters that a special résumé is not necessary. HECTOPSAMMIA CLAIBORNENSIS sp. Nov. P]. X XI, figs. 11 to 13. Corallum small, straight, firmly attached by a pedicel to some object; in the specimens before me the attachment is usually to a small gastropod shell. Above the pedicel the corallum flares out rather suddenly. There may be slight marginal wings. Cross section of calice elliptical. The wall is thin and very perforate. There is no epitheca. The coste are poorly developed; corresponding to the first and second eycles of septa, they are moderately distinct. For the third and fourth cycles they can scarcely be distinguished, or a low broad costa may correspond to the two cycles combined in one half system. They are vesicular. The septa consist of four complete cycles in six systems. Those of the fourth cycle meet in front of the third. The first and second (and pro- longation from junction of the fourth) meet the columella. They are very thin, and their sides are covered with small spines. Columella spongy. The calicular fossa is deep. DESCRIPTIONS OF SPECIES. 185 1 2 | | Mm Mm. Greatomd aniereron CaliCOl een casa s(n no wine moe enn ewe | 6 5.7 Iba rere Ginn OE CEU Ge -= co oce Secnccess Heescecen ssesou essen seee 4.5 4,2 Height of corallum ....--....-.--------------------» ---------------- 6 6.5 Length of pedicel..---.---.....---.-----.--------------------------| 2 | 2 Lesser diameter of pedicel, about --.-.------------------------------ Dey eeeneees Greater diameter of pedicel, about -.-.----.-.-----.--. -------------- Bye Vee Localities. —Claiborne, Alabama (L. C. Johnson, collector); and Jackson, Alabama (C. W. Johnson, collector). Geologic occurrence —Claibornian stage (horizon of Claiborne sands). types.—United States National Museum. In the material from Claiborne in the National Museum, are several excellent young specimens. The following notes are based on them: Pl. XXI, fig. 12, represents the youngest. It is attached to a specimen of Dentalium blandum de Gregorio. The basal plate is well preserved. it forms a thin coating on the shell, and around its outer edge bends upward. The original number of septa is twelve. Their inner ends do not meet in the center; the latter is an open space with a few papille resting on the basal plate. Their outer ends do not reach the upturned peripheral edge of the basal plate. The next stage is represented by Pl. XXI, fig. 18. This is a view of the basal end of a specimen. The twelve primary septa are shown. In the figure their inner ends seem fused, but in reality a portion of the basal plate still adheres to the septa; by turning the specimen one can see beneath its sharp edge. The septa have been extended peripherally to the upturned edge of the basal plate; the soft parts of the coral have over- flowed it, and have built a porous wall outside of it. This specimen is about 2 mm. high; the greater diameter of the calice is about 3.25 mm., and the lesser, 2.5 mm. An examination of the calice shows three complete cycles of septa (reckoning six septa in the first cycle). The members of the third cycle are longer than those of the second, and grow to meet the columella beyond the latter, or may fuse in front of them. One of the second cycle may sometimes fuse to the side of one of the third. The columella in this, stage is well developed and possesses a soft, spongy texture. 186 1833. 1838. 1845. 1548. 1848. 1848. 1850. 1851. St et Dn OO Mm Ow Sr St St St “’ =1 Cl Cl = ies) 1861. 1866. 1866. 1866. 1886. 1889. 1881. 1890. 1890. 1890. 1895. 1896. and EOCENE AND LOWER OLIGOCENE CORAL FAUNAS. Genus ENDOPACHYS Lonsdale. ENDOPACHYS MACLURII (Lea). Pl. X XI, figs. 14 to 16; Pl. XXII, figs. 1 and 6. Turbinolia maclurii Lea. Contrib. to Geol., p. 193, pl. vi. fig. 206. Turbinolia maclurti Michellotti. Spee. zoophyt. dil., p. 57. Endopachys alatum Lonsdale. Quart. Jour, Geol. Soc. London, Vol. I, p. 214, fig. a. Endopachys alatum Bronn. Index Pal., p. 461. Turbinolia maclurti Broun. Index Pal., p. 1515, Endopachys maclurii Milne-Edwards and Haime, Annales sci. nat., 3d ser., Vol. X, p. 82, pl. i, figs. 1 and 1a. Indopachys maciurii VOrbigny. Prodrome de Pal., étage 25, num. 1252, Endopachys maclurii Milne-Edwards and Haime: Polyp. foss des Terr. Pal., p. 134, Endopachys expansum Conrad. Proc, Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., Vol. VII, p. 263, Endopachys alticostatum Conrad Proc, Acad. Nat. Sei. Phila., Vol. VII, p. 263, Endopachys maclurii Pictet. Traité de Pal., Vol. IV, p. 428, pl. evi, fig. 10. Endopachys macluritti Milne-Edwards and Haime. Hist. Nat. des Corall., Vol. III, p. 98. Endopachys maclurii de Fromentel. Introd.-’ ’Etude des Polyp. foss., p. 243. Endopachys maclurti Conrad, Check List, p. 2. Endopachys alticostatum Conrad. Check List, p. 2. Endopachys expansum Conrad. Check List, p. 2. Endopachys maclurii Aldrich. Prelim. Rept. Tert. Foss. Ala. and Miss., pp. 44 and 49. Endopachys maclurii Nicholson and Lydekker. Man. of Pal., Vol. I, p. 308, fig. 190. . Endopachys maclurti Quenstedt. Rohren- und Sternkorallen, p. 1042, pl. clxxxiv, fig. 16. Endopachys maclurii de Gregorio. Mon, dela Faune éocénique de lV’ Ala., p. 258, pl. xlv, figs. 23-30. Bndopachys alticostatum de Gregorio. Mon. de la Faune ¢océnique de VAla., p. 258, Endopachys expansum de Gregorio. Mon. dela Faune cocénique de l’Ala., p. 258, Endopachys maclurti Vaughan. Am. Geol., Vol. XV, p. 215. Endopachys maclurii Vaughan. Bull. U.S. Geol. Survey No. 142, p. 49. Shape cuneate, cross section subelliptical; the margins may be straight subparallel to each other, with the base at right angles to them, the cor- ners being rounded; or they may slope out from the base, and the base be uniformly rounded. Near the margins the corallum is nearly always com- pressed so as to form lateral wings. In adult or nearly adult specimens the base and margins, however, do not present a sharp edge, but are obtuse, DESCRIPTIONS OF SPECIES. 187 gradually rounded; in the young, however, they are acute. On the faces are two strong elevated tubercles; between these there may be developed a third, but not so large, and there may be developed two other rather small tubercles, one on the outside of each large tubercle. Surface granulate; there are often striz running upward from the basal portion. Wall thick, vesiculated, perforated. Septa in five cycles, those of the fifth fusing m front of those of the fourth; faces granulate. Columella very vesiculate, elongated in the longer transverse axis of the calice. The size of the species is indicated in the figures. Localities —Alabama, Mississippi, Louisiana, and Texas; 4 miles north- east of Quitman, Clarke County, Mississippi; 8 miles west of Enterprise, Clarke County, Mississippi; Wautubbee Hills, Mississippi; 12 miles north- west of Enterprise, Clarke County, Mississippi; 1 mile south of Hickory, Mississippi; 2 miles southeast of Hickory, Mississippi; Moodys Branch, Jackson, Mississippi; Claiborne, Alabama; Holstun’s well, Louisiana; sec. 17, T. 18 N., R. 6 W., Bienville Parish, Louisiana; Pittman’s mill, SW. 4 of SE. 4 of sec. 19, T.19 N., R.7 W., Claiborne Parish, Louisiana; St. Maurice, Louisiana; Montgomery, Louisiana (several specimens of var. triangulare Con.; one specimen has a small amount of pellicular epitheca on the base); Mount Lebanon, Louisiana; 1 mile below Shipps Ford, Bastrop County, Texas; Elm Creek, Lee County, Texas; Alabama Bluff, Trinity River, Houston County, Texas. There is in the collection of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila- delphia a specimen of Endopachys from New Jersey (Shark River beds). This is probably E. maclurii, but the specimen is too poor for positive identification. Geologic occurrence—F rom the Lower Claiborne to the Jacksonian stage, inclusive. This is a protean species, and it is very difficult to characterize it so as to include all of the variations to which it is susceptible. There is in my collection from Mount Lebanon, Louisiana (Pr XAT, fig. 1), a specimen that differs from the usual forms of HL. maclurii. Its margins are much compressed, form subtriangular, wall rather solid, but perforate, distinct costz present. This is apparently only a varietal form of EH. macluri. 188 EOCENE AND LOWER OLIGOCENE CORAL FAUNAS. ENDOPACHYS MACLURII var. TENUE var. noy. Pl. XXII, figs. 2 to 5, This variety is characterized by being much compressed, with a great development of the marginal wings and a small development of the lateral tubereles. The base may be straight, curved, or subtriangular. The calicinal cavity is small compared to the size of the corallum, and there are not five complete cycles, but four complete cycles with members of the fifth present in the systems next the ends of the longer transverse axis. I do not see how this can be regarded as more than a variety, but it usually has a quite distinct facies and is characteristic of one horizon. Locality of types —E]m Creek, Lee County, Texas; found in Louisiana and Texas. Horizon.— |.ower Claiborne. types Wagner Free Institute of Science, Philadelphia. ENDOPACHYS MACLURIL var. TRIANGULARE Conrad. Pl. XXII, figs. 7 and 8, drawn from a specimen labeled by Conrad; and probably alse fig. 9. 1855. Endopachys triangulare Conrad. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., Vol. VII, p. 26. 1866. Endopachys triangulare Conrad. Check List, p. 2. 1890. Endopachys triangulare de Gregorio. Mon.de la Faune éocénique del’ Ala., p. 258, 1896. Endopachys maclurii var. triangulare Vaughan. Bull. U.S. Geol. Survey No. 142, p. 57. This variety can be best characterized by a comparison with EH. maclurii. The outline of the corallum when seen from the side is that of an isosceles triangle, with the apex truncated; the two tubercles on its face are not so prominent as is usually the case in HZ. maclurii, and it has more distinct cos- tee than the latter species. The septal arrangement is identical with that of E. maclurii. Greater diameter of the corallum, 26.5 mm.; greater diameter of the fossa, 19 mm.; lesser diameter of the fossa, 14mm.; height of corallum, 16.5 mm. Localities — Vicksburg and Jackson, Mississippi; Montgomery, Louisiana, Geologic occurrence —Jacksonian and Vicksburgian stages. type—Collection of the Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia. The large specimen represented by Pl. XXII, fig. 9, comes from Jackson, Mississippi, and is from the collection of Mr. T. H. Aldrich. DESCRIPTIONS OF SPECIES. 189 It seems to be cnly a large overgrown specimen of Endopachys maclurii vay. triangulare. The following are a few notes on the finer structure of H. maclurii: The structure of the wall is in all particulars identical with that of Eupsammia elaborata. The margins of the larger septa are entire; those of higher (younger) cycles are dentate in their lower portions. The upper portions of the margins of these septa are entire or obscurely dentate. The septal faces are minutely striate, with granulations along the courses of the strie. The septal trabeculz are fine; have a line of divergence at the inner edge of the spongy perforate zone. Interior to the line of divergence the trabecule pass upward and inward and are usually directly continuous across all growth segments until they reach the septal margin. On the outside of the line of divergence the trabeculze seem first to pass upward and outward for a short distance, and then to bend into a horizontal position. Each septal perforation is due to the discontinuity of one or two trabecule. In the outer perforate and spongy zone synapticule are very abundant. Pl. XXI, fig. 16, shows an enlarged view of the surface of a septum, the outer coating peeled off. The septal structure, etc.. of Endopachys is iden- tical with that of Rhectopsammia. ENDOPACHYS LONSDALEI sp. nov. Pl. XXII, figs. 10 and 10a. Shape subcuneiform, ventricose, base gently rounded, margins not much compressed, subparallel to each other. Looked at with the edge toward one, the corallum slopes gradually from the calicular margin to the base. The lateral tubercles are not prominent. There are in the upper portion of the corallum distinct, fine, granular coste corresponding to all the cycles of septa; those of the first and second cycles slightly larger. On the basal portion of the corallum these costa disappear, and the surface is covered with granules. The wall is thick and vesiculate. The septal arrangement is the same as in H. maclurii. Columella vesiculate. Greater diameter of calice, 15.5 mm.; lesser diameter of calice, 12.5 mm.; height of corallum, 13.5 mm. Localities —Monroe County and Coftteeville, Alabama; Newton, Missis- sippi; 44 miles east of Newton, Mississippi; Wautubbee Hills, Mississippi (apparently young of this species). 190 EOCENE AND LOWER OLIGOCENE CORAL FAUNAS. Geologic occurrence— | ,ower Claiborne. type—F rom collection of T. H. Aldrich in the United States National Museum. ENDOPACHYS SHALERI Sp. nov. Pl. XXII, figs. 11 to 14. Shape subeuneate, somewhat compressed, transverse section elliptical ; base subconical, usually rounded, occasionally subacute. The surface is granulate, no coste. The marginal wings are very rounded; lateral tuber- cles not very much elevated, elongated. Wall rather thin, very vesiculate. Septa in five cycles. Those of the fifth cycle fuse to the sides of the fourth rather near the corallum wall, the fourth fuse to the third about half way between the wall and columella. About 20 septa reach the columella. Sides granulate. Columella vesiculate. Greater transverse diameter of calice, about 12 mm.; lesser transverse diameter of calice, 6.5 mm.; height of coral- lum, 6 mm. Locality. —A labama? Geologic occurrence. — Hocene? types—In the Boston Society of Natural History. I found this little undescribed species of Endopachys labeled “Eocene, Alabama?” in the collection of the Boston Society of Natural History. I have seen no other specimens of the species and can not identify its geologic horizon by the character of its matrix. I insert the description as that of a doubtfully Eocene form. ENDOPACHYS MINUTUM Sp. nov. Pl. XXII, figs. 15 to 18. This is a curious little species, and according to strict definition does not belong to the genus to which it is here referred, but it has a compressed shape like Endopachys. It shows no signs of attachment, and the tertiary septa of the fourth cycle fuse in front of those of the third cycle. The shape is difficult to describe; the figures show it very well. The corallum is contracted at the calice. There are sometimes indistinct costee, but the whole external surface is granulate. No tubercles on the faces of the corallum. Wall thin, perforate, but not very porous. The septa are arranged in four cycles; those of the fourth eycle unite in front of the third; DESCRIPTIONS OF SPECIES. 191 sides granulate. Columella vesiculate. Greater diameter of calice, 4 mm.; lesser diameter of calice, 3 mm.; height of corallum, 4 mm. Loca‘ities— Jackson, Mississippi; near Rosefield, Louisiana. Geologic occurrence —Moodys Branch beds, Jacksonian stage. Types—Collection of Wagner Free Institute of Science, Philadelphia. Specimens—In the collection of T. H. Aldrich. This species presents a noteworthy difference from the other known representatives of Endopachys, by having no lateral tubercles, but as these are very variable in the amount of their development in EZ. maclurii, their absence does not seem of generic value. A thin cross section of EH. minutum shows no structural difference from EH. maclurii. Genus DENDROPHYLLUIA de Blainville. DENDROPHYLLIA STRIATA Sp. nov. Pl. XXII, figs. 19 to 19b. Branched or fascicular (the specimen is not sufficient for one to decide), compound, reproduction by lateral budding. In the specimen that I have there is one large corallite, with a circular cross section, and the other coral- lites, five in number, are grouped irregularly near the base. There are distinct costee whose general direction is longitudinal; they are coarse near the basal portion of the colony, but higher they divide into finer coste. The intercostal furrows are perforate. Wall rather dense, but contains small vesicles, and is perforate. Septa thin, weak, in four cycles The fourth cycle fuse at about half the distance from the wall to columella to the sides of the third. Sides granulate. Columella well developed, but very spongy. Greater diameter of largest corallite, 7.5 mm.; lesser diameter of largest corallite, 6.5 mm.; height of specimen, 17.5 mm. Localities —Near Mount Lebanon, Louisiana; Rayburn’s well, sec. 29, T.17N., R. 5 W., Louisiana. Geologic occurrence— ower Claiborne. Type—United States National Museum. DENDROPHYLLIA LISBONENSIS sp. nov. Pl. XXII, figs. 20 to 20e. This species belongs to the second group distinguished by Duncan, viz, those Dendrophylliz with the calices forming vertical series. Calices arranged in rather regular vertical rows, and have a tendency to regular 192 EOCENE AND LOWER OLIGOCENE CORAL FAUNAS. spirals. They are elevated about 1.75 to 2 mm.; circular or slightly ellip- tical in outline, their diameter varies from 2.7 to 3.2 mm.; axis of colony circular in section; diameter of axis 7.5 mm. The calices are rather dis- tant, but occasionally two corallites may almost touch at their bases. The distance between the bases of corallites is usually slightly more than 1 mm.; the whole surface of the colony covered with very minutely granulated vermicular coste. The costee correspond to all cycles of septa. The inter- costal furrows very punctate; the wall of the axial polyp thick, dense, but perforate; the septa in four cycles with the typical arrangement for Den- drophyllia. They are weak, and have granular surfaces. Yolumella spongy. Localities —Lisbon, Alabama; T. A. Rumley’s, Monroe County, Alabama; Rayburn’s well, sec. 29, T. 17 N., R. 5 W., Louisiana. Geologic occurrence —Lisbon beds. type—F rom collection of T. H. Aldrich in the United States Natural Museum. Since the above description was written I have received the collection made for the Wagner Free Institute of Science by Mr. C. W. Johnson, and have found in the United States National Museum another specimen from Claiborne, Alabama, Lisbon horizon. The specimen from Claiborne does not present any great difference from the figured specimen (PI. XXII, fig. 20). It is a portion of a branch 27.5 mm. long and 7 mm. in diameter. The calices are somewhat more distant than in the figured specimen, and do not rise perpendicularly from the intercorallite surface, but are somewhat inclined toward the distal end of the branch. Specimens from San Augustine, Texas, collected by Johnson, at first sight look quite different from those above described, but the difference con- sists solely in the greater size of the calices. The largest calice on the larger specimen has a greater diameter of 5 mm. and a lesser of 4mm. This specimen has a length of 837 mm.; diameter of larger end, 12.5 mm., of smaller end, 11mm. It is somewhat elliptical in cross section. The largest calice in the other specimen has a greater diameter of 4.5 mm. and a lesser of 4 mm; while the smallest calice has a greater diameter of slightly less than 3 mm. This specimen is a piece of a branch 22 mm. long and 9 mm. in diameter. At the lower end is a small side branch about 6 mm. in diameter at its base. DESCRIPTIONS OF SPECIES. 193 The smallest calice, whose measurements have just been given, is situated on the side branch. It seems to me that the other specimens that I have seen are pieces of young branches or come from near the tips of branches; and therefore the specimens and their calices are small. The character of the costae, number and arrangement of septa, and character of the columella are the same in all specimens. It should be borne in mind that in the larger specimens the costa are necessarily coarser. All the specimens of the species come from beds of Lower Claiborne age. Family MADREPORID 4 Milne-Edwards and Haime. Genus DENDRACIS M.-Edw. and H. DENDRACIS TUBULATA (Lonsdale). Pl. XXII, figs. 23 and 24 (reproduced from Lonsdale). 1845. Madrepora tubulata (*) Lonsdale. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. Lond., Vol. I, p. 520, figs. a, b. 1860. Dendracis tubulata Milne-Edwards and Haime. Hist. Nat. des Corall., Vol. IL, p. 170. The following is Lonsdale’s original description: Branched; branches irregularly divergent, cylindrical, slender, composed chiefly of long, lamelliferous tubes, springing from the center and diverging slightly; interme- diate structure foraminated; no continuous central tube; lamellee twelve, six very nar- row, and limited in vertical range; surface terminations ef tubes small; irregularly distant; interspaces echinated. The remains of Madrepora tubulata (?) consisted wholly of casts of the exterior and of the lamelle tubes. The diameter of the branches in no case exceeded three lines, or that of the unmagnified figure (a). The tubes sprang successively from the axis and wholly composed it, the perfect exclusion of a central, continuous tube or star. As they gradually diverge, they separated, slightly increasing in diameter; and near the surface termination they suddenly bent outward, their relatively great length (3 lines) and small width producing the scattered distribution of the terminal stars. In Guettard’s figures the branches have a greater diameter and the casts of the stars are closer. The lamelle through a considerable portion of the tubes were apparently confined to the six broader, the casts of the six narrow commencing about one third from the upper extremity; both series had evidently consisted of solid plates, and not of interrupted ones, as in Porites. So far as could be ascertained, there was no distinct, central structure. The nature of the interspaces between the tubes was very imperfectly exhibited, the remains being limited to a few filiform processes, extending from the casts of the tubes to the exterior, but the original struc- ture constituted a considerable portion of the branches near the surface, and the lamellie tubes were completely embedded in it from the points of separation. The sur- face casts of the branches were closely and finely punctured, the indentations being MON XXXIX——13 194 EOCENE AND LOWER OLIGOCENE CORAL FAUNAS. surrounded frequently by a circle, and near the terminations of the tubes were, in some cases, casts of short ribs. The production of additional lamellze tubes was appar- ently confined to the center. Locality— Jacksonboro, Georgia. The figured specimen of Lonsdale is in the collection of the Geological Society of London. It lies in a matrix of white, chalky, argillaceous lime- stone, which contains also specimens of Porites (Ocellaria) ramosa and Cla- docora recrescens. | have never found any specimens of the species, and am unable to add to our knowledge of it. The specific name of this corals is invalid, but as the species is doubt- ful I have not proposed a new one for it. Genus TURBINARIA Oken. TURBINARIA (?) ALABAMENSIS sp. Nov. Pl. XXII, figs: 1 to3; Bl XOX. Corallum massive, the masses may be more than 20 em. across, and 7 em. thick, upper surface apparently convex or concave. General appear- ance of the corallum is as if composed of superimposed lamine. Calices shallow (2), crowded; diameter, 1.5 mm.; distance apart, quite constantly 1 mm. Coenenchyma, of superimposed irregularly perforate laminze. Wall, perforate. Septa, perforate, in three complete cycles; 12 septa reach the columella; the members of the third cycles usually fuse by pairs to the sides of an included septum (the first and second cycles can not be distin- guished from each other, and therefore it can not be known whether the septa of the third fuse to the sides of the first or second). Sides granulate. Pali are probably present, but no detail could be made out. Columella very well developed, spongy. Locality.— Salt Mountain, 6 miles south of Jackson, Alabama. Geologic horizon. —‘ (Coral limestone,” above Vicksburg beds. types.—United States National Museum. I have not been able to decide positively whether this is an Actinacis or a Turbinaria. It probably belongs to the latter genus. DESCRIPTIONS OF SPECIES. 195 Family PORITID4 Milne-Edwards and Haime. Genus PORITES Link. PORITES RAMOSA (Lonsdale). Pl. XXIII, figs. 4 to 6 (fig. 4 reproduced from Londale’s figure). 1845. Ocellaria ramosa Lonsdale. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. Lond., Vol. I, p. 510, figured. (Non Porites ramosa Catullo, 1856.) 1860. Ocellaria ramosa Milne-Edwards and Haime. Hist. Nat. des Corall., Vol. III, p. 123. Branched or lobed, fibers coarse, cylindrical or compressed, intimately reticu- lated; interfibral lacunte equal in dimension to the fibers; canals numerous, vertical in center of specimen, horizontal toward the exterior, no definite arrangement; form more or less circular, no distinct wall; lower extremity blended with the fibrous struc- ture, interior sometimes penetrated by converging simple fibers; exterior of specimen partially invested by a thin rugose layer.' Lonsdale considered this coral related to the Cretaceous sponge Ven- triculites, and wrote considerable about the similarity of the two fossils; his observations on this I think will not aid much in identifying the species, so I omit them. Localities. —Jacksonboro, Georgia; Eutaw, South Carolina. I found some specimens of this species in the collection of the Geo- logical Society of London, but not the ones figured by Lonsdale. These specimens came from Jacksonboro, Georgia, and are lithologically the same as the one in the United States National Museum. I could not add any special detail from the London specimens. Very little can be added from the one in the United States National Museum. Two drawings from this specimen are shown in Pl. XXIII, figs. 5, 6. The whole skeletal structure, both coenenchyma and septa, are very perforate. The corallites are 2 mm. in diameter, and are from 2 to 3 mm.apart. There seems to be 10 or 12 septa. This is about all that can be said concerning the characters of the species. The matrix is a whitish, rather hard, chalky, argillaceous limestone, and contains, besides the Porites ramosa, specimens of Cladocora recrescens. DOUBTFUL SPECIES. We either have no clue to the proper systematic position of the following species, or, as in two instances, no descriptions of the species could be found, or they can not be identified for other reasons. 1 Lonsdale, loc, cit. 196 EOCENE AND LOWER OLIGOCENE CORAL FAUNAS. FLABELLUM SfRIATUM Gabb and ‘Horn. 1860, Flabellum striatum Gabb and Horn. Jour. Acad. Nat. Sei. Phila., 2d ser., Vol. IV, p. 399, pl. lxix, figs. 10, 11, lla. “Thick, wedge-shaped; angle of case acute; laminze thin, edge finely erenate, slightly undulate; sides coarsely granulous; granules regularly arranged in strive, toward the edge of the laminze fine.” Locality Rotten limestone of Prairie Bluff, Alabama. The figures given by Gabb are worthless and the description is entirely insufficient for specific identification. The types sent me from the Phila- delphia Academy of Natural Sciences are only internal casts, and are not sufficient for specific characterization, so the species lapses. PARACYATHUS (?) SERRULUS Conrad. 1866. Paracyathus (?) serrulus Conrad. Check List, p. 2. 1890. Paracyathus (2) serrulus de Gregorio. Mon. de la Faune éocénique de l’Ala., p. 256. This species is referred to by Conrad in his Check List of the Inver- tebrate Fossils of the Eocene and Oligocene of North America, but I have been unable to find either any description or the original types. I searched in both Philadelphia and Washington for the latter. M. de Gregorio could not find any description of the snecies. Conrad referred the species to the Lower or Middle Eocene. PLATYTROCHUS SPECIOSUS Gabb and Horn. 1860, Platytrochus speciosus Gabb and Horn. Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 2d ser., Vol. IV, p. 399, pl. Ixix, figs. 15, 16, 17. “Conical, laminz exsert, denticulate and granulous; exterior coarsely striate from the continuations of the exsert lamellee; striz alternating in size, coarsely granulous, often denticulate on the edge; depth of cup exceeding half the length of the mass.” Dimensions. —Leneth, 0.5 inch; breadth of top, 0.57 inch. Locality. —Hardeman County, Tennessee. (Professor Safford.) Gabb published this as a Cretaceous species, but G. D. Harris has shown that all of the fossils that Gabb received from Hardeman County, Tennessee, are Midwayan Eocene." 1 Bull. Amer. Paleontology, Vol. I, No. 4, 1896, p. 8. DESCRIPTIONS OF SPECIES. 197 TURBINOLIA INAURIS Morton. 1834. Turbinolia inauris Morton. Synop. Org. Rem. Cret. Group, p. 81, pl. xv, fig. 11. For discussion of this species see page 171. TROCHOCYATHUS sp. de Gregorio. 1890. Trochocyathus sp. de Gregorio. Mon. de la Faune éocénique de Ala, p. 256, pl. xliv, figs. 10-11. “Tr. conoideus, curtis, dilatatus, septis erosis, lateribus, extus bifidis. C’est une espéce trés douteuse, car je n’en posséde qu'un exemplaire trés £91 usé. CARYOPHYLLIA SUBDICHOTOMA Lonsdale. Pl. XXII, fig. 22 (reproduction from Lonsdale). 1845, Caryophyllia subdichotoma Lonsdale. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soe. Lond., Vol. I, p. 519, fig. 1860. Caryophyllia subdichotoma Milne-Edwards and Haime. Hist. Nat. des Corall., Vol. Il, p. 123. The following is Lonsdale’s description: Main stem cylindrical; branches numerous, short, slender, very divergent; outer wall thin, porous, surface finely ribbed and furrowed; lamellz numerous, unequal, very irregular near the periphery; center union of lamellae; branches produced by subdivision of preexisting structures. The single specimen, a cast, was about an inch in height and 4 lines in diameter, and consisted of a cylindrical stem (partially removed in the figure) with portions of three branches. The main stem had been composed of numerous lamelle partly united in the center without any distinct structure, and greatly subdivided or reticu- lated near the circumference. The original wall was apparently very thin except at the divergence of the branches, and its general porous structure was proved by transverse filiform processes, or their fractured extremities on the ridges representing external furrows. The cast of the outer surface exhibited also other signs of minute foramina and reticulations. The branches were essentially composed at their com- mencement of certain of the lamelle of the parent stem, including in the principal example given in the figure some of those which composed the central portion of the latter. The branches, however, differed from those of true Caryophylli in being of limited dimensions, not effecting a bifurcation; also in diverging laterally and sud- denly, and in permitting the main stem to be continued perpendicularly upward. In this respect there was an agreement with the Dendrophyllia of De Blainville; but in that genus the branches are not composed of previously existing lamellie, being developed from germs. The amount of extension outward of the branches was not shown. 198 EOCENE AND LOWER OLIGOCENE CORAL FAUNAS. Locality—Shell Bluff, Georgia. This is all that we know concerning this species. It belongs to the Madreporaria perforata, and we can not be sure of anything more, though the coral is probably one of the Kupsammidee. STYLOPHORA (?) PERDUBIA de Gregorio. Pl. XIV, figs. 2 and 2a. 1890. Stylophora (°) perdubia de Gregorio. Mon. de la Faune Gocénique de I Ala., p. 257, pl. xliv, figs. 7-8. Original description: ‘St. dendroidea, minuta; polypieritibus con- fertis, minutis, approximatis; calicibus rotundatis subpentagonalis.” Translation: “St. dendroid, minute; polypites crowded together, minute, near each other; calices round subpentagonal.” M. de Gregorio adds: “It is a very doubtful coral, on account of its having been worn. It appears to me that it has affinity with S¢. conferta Reuss of Castel Gomberto. The rock is the same as that of Cycloseris.” ASTROCGNIA sp. de Gregorio, Pl. XVI, fig. 8. 1890. Astrocenia sp. de Gregorio. Mon. de la Faune cocénique de l’Ala., p. 257, pl. xliv, fig. 9. “Dubium exemplar satis erosum, conchze adnatum.” “Doubtful specimen much eroded, attached to a shell.” (De Gregorio.) CYCLOSERIS sp. de Gregorio. 1890. Cycloseris sp. de Gregorio. Mon. dela Faune cocénique de lV Ala., p. 257, pl. xliv, figs. 20-22, “Cycl. discoidea, nummulitiformis, elegantes radiata tuberculataque.” « * * * La couleur grisitre montre quil ne provient pas de la méme assise que la Turbinolia faretra Lea.” OSTEODES CYANTHUS Conrad. 1855. Osteodes cyanthus Conrad. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., Vol. VIT, p. 263, Conrad cites near City Point, Virginia, as its locality. After a diligent search I have been unable to find any description of the species. DESCRIPTIONS OF SPECIES. 199 MADREPORA PUNCTULATA Conrad. 1847. Madrepora punctulata Conrad. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., Vol. III, p. 298. The original description is: ‘Cylindrical ramose, with prominent cells; whole surface ornamented with fine, equal, punctate, impressed lines. Diameter, one-third. Locality, St. Matthews Parish, Orangeburg, South Carolina. Vanuxem. A species highly ornamented by the punctate ver- micular lines. It occurs much larger than the specimen described.” This is all that I have been able to find concerning this species. DENDROPHYLLIA LAVIS Lonsdale. Pl. XXII, fig. 21. 1845. Dendrophyllia levis Lonsdale. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soe. Lond., Vol. I, p. 516, figured. 1860. Dendrophyllia levis Milne-Edwards and Haime. Hist. Nat. des Corall., Vol. III, p. 123. Branches with a persistent, central, lamelliform structure, and many lateral shoots scarcely projecting beyond the thickened surface of the stem; lamellize numer- ous, unequal, about ten principal plates in the side shoots; cast of the outer surface generaily smooth, sometimes finely ribbed in young branches or near the extremity of the shoots. In the specimens of the coral which were examined, the whole of the original substance had been removed, and even casts of the central structure were partially wanting. The most illustrative portion is represented in the woodcut. Of the nature of the thickened matter in which the lateral shoots were originally embedded, no opinion could be formed, except that it was probably very solid or similar to that of Oculin, there being no vestiges of casts of capillary tubes or of a reticulated struc- ture, though abundant proofs of the matter having been penetrated by burrowing animals. The signs of lamellie in transverse sections of the central part were very faint, but sufficient to show that the broadest were twelve in number, and that the intermediate ones varied from one to four. The surface of this inner cast was slightly traversed by lines indicating the vertical range of the broadest lamellie, and by traces of irregularly disposed strive. Between the cast and the base of the side shoots was an extremely narrow space, proving that there was no structural interblending of lamellze and main stem. The shoots at the inferior termination were obliquely conical, but they soon attained their full dimensions, so far as could be inferred from the speci- mens, the greatest diameter being about one-tenth of an inch or two-thirds that of the central cast—a disproportion observable in recent Dendrophyllie. Their range was limited also to less than aline. The general outer surface was apparently smooth, but uneven as in some Oculinz; and the cast of it bore traces of parasitic Bryozoa, addi- tional indication to that of the numerous burrowing animals that the polypes had perished some time previously to the specimen being inclosed in its matrix. Localities, Wilmington, Shell Bluff.' ! Lonsdale, loe. cit. 200 EOCENE AND LOWER OLIGOCENE CORAL FAUNAS. This species is known to me only through the above description and Lonsdale’s accompanying figure, which is here reproduced. The figured specimen is in the collection of the Geological Society of London; in same matrix as the Flabellum cuneiforme. ‘The species is based on undeterminable material, so the species must lapse. DENDROPHYLLIA (7?) sp. Lonsdale. 1854. Dendrophyllia (2) sp. Lonsdale. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soe. Lond., Vol. I, p. 517. 1860. Dendrophyllia (?) Milne-Edwards and Haime. Hist. Nat. des Corall., Vol. Il, 92 p. 123. Several worn casts, possibly fragments of a Dendrophyllia, claimed a notice, though their generic determination could not be ascertained. They were slightly con- ical or cylindrical, the lower termination not unfrequently preserved, presenting the same character as that of the lateral shoots of Dendrophyllia levis. The specimens had nearly uniform diameter of half an inch at the upper extremity; and the greatest length was about ‘an inch. The characters of the lamellae, so far as they could be ascertained, agreed with those of Dendrophyllia, and in the reticulated structure of the very partially preserved exterior, as well as in the mode of union with the lamelle, there are still further agreements. In these particulars a resemblance also with the Alabama coral Endopachys alatum existed, but in no instance was a trace of a pedicel detected, nor any indication of a surface which had once been attached. Localities, Mulberry, Cooper River; Eutaw.! Genus DENDROPHYLLIA. Subgenus PHTROPHY LLIA? Conrad. 1855. Petrophyllia Conrad. Proc. Acad, Nat. Sci. Phila., Vol. VII, p. 266, “Corallum not cellular, but in layers like the coats of an onion; branches anastomosing; central axial star having distant septa between the lamellee.” DENDROPHYLLIA ? (PETROPHYLLIA) ARKANSASENSIS Conrad. 1855. D.? (Petrophyllia) arkansasensis Conrad. Proce. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., Vol. VII, p. 266. “Corallum minutely granulated, suboval, sides faimtly marked with vermicular lines; calices round, not very prominent, unequally distributed, proximate or remote; lamellee minutely serrate.” Locality White River, Arkansas (Professor Thomas).’ ' Lonsdale, loc. cit. 2 Felix, in the Zeitschr. Deutsch. geol. Gesell., Vol. XXXVII, 1885, pp. 397-400, proposes the generic name ‘ Petrophyllia” for Montlivaultia grumi Catullo sp. of Reuss and d’Achiardi, from Monte Grumi, Montecchio Maggiore, etc., Italy. As the name Petrophyllia had been previously used by Conrad for a different genus of corals, ‘‘ Petrophyllia” Felix must be replaced by another name. 'Conrad, loc, cit. BIBLIOGRAPHY. 201 Conrad published no figure of this species, and I was unable to find the type either in Philadelphia or Washington. I have seen no specimen that could be referred to the species. PORITES sp. Lonsdale. 1845. Porites Lonsdale. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. Lond., Vol. I, p. 522. Only the casts of a few terminal stars of this coral were examined; and they did not permit a comparison with published tertiary species or the establishment of defi- nite characters. The casts showed that the stars were slightly concave and in close contact with a perfect structural blending at the lines of junction, and that the num- ber of interrupted lamellie in the best defined cases did not exceed twelve. Locality, Jacksonboro, Georgia. BIBLIOGRAPHY. The following is a list of the papers from which citations are made in the discussion of the corals. Papers quoted in discussing the stratigraphy of the formations, and which contain no references to corals, are not listed. Those in which-deseriptions of Eocene corals from the United States are found, or in which references to the species occur, are marked by an asterisk (*); those not so indicated are quoted in the general discussions. * ALDRICH, TRUMAN H. Preliminary report on the fossils of Alabama and Missis- Sippi: Ala. Geol. Survey, 1886. a In Report on Geology of the Coastal Plain of Alabama (Geological Survey of Alabama, 1894, page 248), there was published a list of Clayton (Midway) corals from Alabama, furnished by Mr. Vaughan. Through a curious mistake a coral referred to in the list as simply “ Cwespitose astrean” was published us “ Ovespitose astrean, Vaughan” (see reference under Vaughan). BERNARD, HENRY M. Review of Study of Madreporarian corals, by Maria M. Ogilvie, D. Se.: Geol: Mag., March and April, 1897, pp. 170-177. On the affinities of the Madreporarian genus Alveopora with the Paleozoic Favositide, together with a brief sketch of some evolutionary stages of the Madreporarian skeleton: Jour. Linn. Soe., London, Zoology, Vol. XX VI, 1896, pp. 495-516, pl. xxxiii. BLAINVILLE, H. M. D. DE. Dictionnaire des Sciences Naturelles, Vol. LX, 1830, p. 334, *BOLSCHE, WILHELM. Polypi [in Die Kreide von New Jersey, by Hermann Credner|: Zeitschr. Deutsch. geol. Gesell., Vol. XXII, 1870, pp. 215-217. Bourne, G. C. On the anatomy of Mussa and Euphyllia and the morphology of the Madreporarian skeleton: Quart. Jour. Microsc. Sci. (N. S.), Vol. XXVIII, No, 109, August, 1887, pp. 21-52, pls. iii and iv. *Boyue, C. B. A catalogue and bibliography of North American Mesozoic Inverte- brata: Bull. U.S. Geol. Survey No. 102, 1893. 202 EOCENE AND LOWER OLIGOCENE CORAL FAUNAS. *BRONN, HEINRICH GEORG. Lethiea Geognostica, Vol. II, p. 900, 1838. Index Paleontologicus, 1848. Browne, Patrick. Civil and Natural History of Jamaica, p. 392, 1756 and 1789. *ConrRAD, Timor1Hy ABBOTT. Description of nineteen species of Tertiary fossils of Virginia and North Carolina: Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., Vol. I, 1843, p. 327. sl Description of new species of fossil and recent shells and corals: Proce. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., Vol. III, 1846, p. 22. *_______ Observations on the Eocene formation and descriptions of one hundred and five new species of that period, from the vicinity of Vicksburg, Mississippi, with an appendix: Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., Vol. III, 1847, pp. 296 and 298. x Observations on the Eocene formation and descriptions of one hundred and five new fossils of that period, from the vicinity of Vicksburg, Mississippi, with an appendix (and plates): Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 2d ser., Vol. I, 1848, p. 127. * Observations on the Eocene deposit of Jackson, Mississippi, with descrip- tions of thirty-four new species of shells and corals: Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., Vol. VII, 1855, p. 263. * Descriptions of eighteen new Cretaceous and Tertiary fossils, etc.: Proce. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., Vol. VII, 1855, p. 266. * Check list of the Invertebrate Fossils of North America, Eocene and Oligocene (Smithsonian Institution), 1866. Dana, J. D. Zoophytes of the Wilkes Exploring Expedition, 1846. Corals and Coral Islands, 3d ed., 1890. Duncan, P.M. Revision of the genera of the Madreporaria: Jour. Linn. Soc., Lon- don, Vol. XVIII, 1854. FELIX, JOHANNES. Kritische Studien iiber die tertiiire Korallen-Fauna des Vicen- tins, nebst Beschreibung einiger neuer Arten: Zeitschr. Deutsch. geol. Gesell., Vol. XX XVII, 1885, pp. 379-421, pls. xxi, xxii. Beitriige zur Kenntniss der Astrocceninwe: Zeitschr. Deutsch. geol. Gesell., Vol. L, Pt. I, 1898, pp. 247-256, pl. xi. Fow Ler, G. HERBERT. The anatomy of the Madreporaria, III: Quart. Jour. Microse. Sci. (N.S.), Vol. XXVIII, No. 109, August, 1887, pp. 1-20, pls. i and ii. The anatomy of the Madreporaria, IV: Quart. Jour. Microsc. Sci., Vol. XXVIII, No. 111, Feb., 1888, pp. 413-430, pls. xxxii and xxxili. *FROMENTEL, E. DE. Introduction A Etude des Polypiers fossiles. Paris, 1858-1861. *GABB, Wau. M. Descriptions of new species of American Tertiary and Cretaceous fossils: Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 2d ser,, Vol. IV, 1860, pp. 388, 389, and 3599, Paleontology of California, Vol. I. Philadelphia, 1864. Corals, pp. 207-208, references to pls. xxvi and xxxi. Paleontology of California, Vol. I], Philadelphia, 1869. Corals, pp. 253, 254. GMELIN, J. F. Linnei Systema Nature, p. 3767, ed. xiii, 1790. ; GREGORY, J. W. Contributions to the paleontology and physical geology of the West Indies: Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. London, Vol. LI, Aug., 1895, pp. 255- 310, pl. xi. *GREGORIO, Marquis ANTONIO DE. Monographie de la Faune éocénique de lV’ Ala- bama: Annales de Géologie et de Paléontologie, 1890. BIBLIOGRAPHY. 203 *Harris, G.D. The Tertiary geology of southern Arkansas: Ann. Rept. Geol. Sur- vey Arkansas for 1892, Vol. II, 1594. Heiper, A. R. von. Die Gattung Cladocora, Ehrenb: Sitzungsber. K. Akad. Wiss., Wien, Vol. LXX XIV, Sect. I, Dec., 1881, p. 34, 4 pls., 3 figs. __ Korallenstudien: Arbeiten aus d. Zoologisch. Inst. zu Graz, Vol. I, No.3, 1886, pp. 153-182, pls. xxx-xxxi, 5 figs. __ Korrallenstudien, II, Madracis pharensis Heller: Arbeiten aus d. Zoologisch. Inst. zu Graz, Vol. 1V, No. 2, 1891, pp. 315-322, pl. xxxiv. Kopy, F. Monographie des polypiers jurassiques de la Suisse: Mém. Soe. pal. Suisse, Vol. X VI, 1889. ; Kocn, G. von. Ueber die Entwickelung des Kalkskeletes von Asteroides calycu- laris und dessen morphologischer Bedeutung: Mitth. aus d. Zoolog. Station zu Neapel, 1882, Pt. III, pp. 284-292, pls. xx, xxi. Das Skelett der Steinkorallen, eine morphologische Studie. Festschrift fiir Carl Gegenbaur. Leipzig, 1896. Lacaze Duruiers, HENRI DE. Arch. de Zool. Exp., 3d ser., Vol. V, 1897. Lamarck, J. B. P. Systeme des Animaux sans Vertebres, 1801. *LEA, Isaac, Contributions to Geology, 1833. *LONSDALE, W. Account of twenty-six species of Polyparia obtained from the Eocene Tertiary of North America: Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. London, Vol. I, 1845, pp. 509 et seq. (Most of these fossils are Bryozoa.) MARENZELLER, Emin von. Das Wachsthumsgesetz von Flabellum: Zool. Jahrb., 1889, Vol. III, Pt. I, pp. 25-50. MrrRRIAM, J.C. The geologic relations of the Martinez group of California at the typical locality: Jour. Geol., Vol. V, No. 8, Nov.-Dec., 1897, pp. 767 to 779. *MzEyER, Oro, and T. H. ALDRICH. The Tertiary fauna of Newton and W autubbee, Mississippi: Jour. Cincinnati Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. IX, No. 2, 1886, p. 50. *MICHELOTTI, GIOVANNI. Specimen Zoophytologie diluviane, pp. 55, 56, 57, and 64, 1838. Mitng-Epwarps, H., and JuLes Hamme. Notes sur la classification de la deuxieme tribu de la famille des Astréides: Comptes rendus Acad. sci. Paris, Vol. XXVHL, 1848, pp. 490-497. S Monographie des Turbinolides: Annales des Sci. Nat., 3d ser., Vol. TX, 1848. = Monographie des Eupsammides: Annales sei. nat., 3d ser., Vol. X, 1848. = Monograph of the British fossil corals, Paleontographical Society, London, 1850-1854, = Polypiers fossiles des terrains paléozoiques: Archives Muséum dhist. nat., Vol. V, 1851. x Histoire naturelle des Coralliaires, 1857. *Morton, 8. G. Synopsis of the Organic Remains of the Cretaceous Group of the United States. Philadelphia, 1834. MosELey, H. N. On the deep-sea Madreporaria: Repts. Sci. Results of the Expl. Voy. of H. M. S. Challenger, Zoology, Vol. II, Pt. VII, 1881. NicHoLson, HENRY ALLEYNE, and RicHARD LYDEKKER, Manual of Paleontology, Vol. I, 1889. OGILVIE, Marta M. Microscopic and systematic study of Madreporarian types of corals: Philos. Trans. Roy. Soc. London, ser. B., Vol. CLXXXVII, 1896. 204 EOCENE AND LOWER OLIGOCENE CORAL FAUNAS. OqgiLvre, MARIA M. Die Korallen der Stramberger Schichten: Paleeontographica, Supplement I1, Sect. VII, 1597. OKEN, LORENZ. Lehrbuch der Naturgeschichte, Vol. I, 1815. *ORBIGNY, ALCIDE D’. Prodrome de Paléontologie, Vol. II, 1850. ORTMANN, A. Die Morphologie des Skelettes der Steinkorallen in Beziehang zur Koloniebildung: Zeitschr. fiir wiss. Zool., Vol. L, 1890, pp. 278-316, pl. xi. PICTET, FRANCOIS JULES. Traité de Paléontologie, Vol. IV, 1857. PourTALES, L. F. Report on the Corals and Antipatharia |dredging operations of the Blake|: Bull. Mus. Comp. Zo6l. Harvard Coll., Vol. VI, No. 4, Feb., 1880, Florida reef corals: Mem. Mus. Comp. Zo6l. Harvard Coll, Vol. VII, No. 1, 1880. (Pourtaleés is responsible for the description of the plates.) Prarz, EK. Ueber die verwandtschaftlichen Beziehungen einiger Korallengattun- gen mit hauptsichlicher Beriicksichtigung ihrer Septal-Struktur: Paleonto- graphica, Vol. X XIX, No. 2, Oct., 1882, pp. 81-122, pl. xiv. Kocaene Korallen aus der Libyschen Wiiste und Aegypten: Op. cit., Vol. XXX, 1883, pp. 219-237, pl. xxxv. QUELCH, JOHN J. Reef corals: Repts. of the Sci. Results of the Expl. Voy. of H. M.S. Challenger, Zoology, Vol. XVI, No. 3, 1836. *QUENSTEDT, FRIEDRICH AUGUST. Ro6hren- und Sternkorallen. Leipzig, 1881. Reuss, A. E. Die fossilen Foraminiferen, Anthozoen und Bryozoen von Oberburg in Steiermark: Denkschr. K, Akad. Wiss., Wien., Math.-naturwissensch. Cl, Vol. XXIII, pp. 24, 25. *ROEMER, FERDINAND. Die Kreidebildungen von Texas, 1852. SEMPER, KARL. Ueber Generationswechsel bei Steinkorallen: Zeitsch. fiir wiss., Zoologie, Vol. X XII, 1872, pp. 243-280, pls. xvi-xxi. SoxoLow, N. Die unteroligociine Fauna der Glauconitsande bei der Hisenbahn- briicke von Jekaterinoslaw: Mem. du Comité Géologique (Russia), Vol. LX, No. 3, 1894. Tomes, RK. T. Observations on the affinities of the genus Astroccenia: Quart. Jour. Geol. Soe. London, Vol. XLIX, Nov., 1893, pp. 569-578, pl. xx. *VAUGHAN, T. WAYLAND. In Report on the geology of the Coastal Plain of Ala- bama: Ala. Geol. Survey, 1894, p. 248, — The stratigraphy of northwestern Louisiana: Am. Geol., Vol. XV, April, 1895. — locene Anthozoa of Virginia: Johns Hopkins Univ. Cire., Vol. XV, No. 121, Oct., 1595, p. 6. *—______ Anthozoa in W. B. Clark’s Eocene deposits of the middle Atlantie slope in Delaware, Maryland, and Virginia: Bull. U.S. Geol. Survey No. 141, 1896, pp. 89-91 *_______ A brief contribution to the geology and paleontology of northwestern Louisiana: Bull. U.S. Geol. Survey No. 142, 1896. In T. W. Stanton’s The faunal relations of the Eocene and Upper Cretaceous on the Pacific Coast: Eighteenth Ann. Rept. U. S. Geol. Survey, 1896, pp. 1056-1037, Some Cretaceous and Eocene corals from Jamaica: Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool, Harvard Coll, Vol. XX XIV, 1899, pp. 227-250, pls. xxxvi-xli. * * * BIBLIOGRAPHY, 205 VoLz, WILHELM. Die Korallen der Schichten von St. Cassian in Siid-Tirol: Palxontographica, Vol. XL, Nos. 1 and 2, 1890, Woop, SEARLES V. Descriptive catalogue of the Zoophytes from the Crag: Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Vol. XIII, 1844, pp. 10-21. ZITTEL, KARL A. von. Traité de Paléontologie (translated by Dr. Charles Barrois), Vol. I, 1883, . 207 RSA s ie F : a 2 ss = mt - ees at, © - eae on i : Leg ~~ + co y 1 | we Oe era ft: eT are a a % ; vr he ve j BY] Eis 3 ’ 7 on “a y act ye i qt oe Th) ay | Er oe ,-. 7. “— * ~ i : an 7 es R i (a Bae cy a ‘" Ss VAS Pen =i a) mi , wh - es ‘ ' 5 » ft i : Ri i 7 & } i ee me. SF re che) ' i _- we ey Fic. ot OU Pa Ame le. STRUCTURE OF THE CORAL SKELETON. . Diagrammatic representation of Mussa corallum and soft parts, to show the relations between hard and soft parts (after Ogilvie). The heavy black line represents the boundaries of the flesh ; 0., oral body-wall; a., aboral body-wall ; e., edge zone (Randplatte); s., septum ; ¢., costa; ps. th., pseudotheca ; i.s.1., interseptal loculus ; i.c.1., intercostal loculus ; ep., epi- theca; d., dissepiments, (fig. about natural size). . Septum of Wanicina areolata (L.). Section parallel to flat surface, x 5, 1. d., line of divergence of the trabecule ; tr., trabecule ; 1.f., lineof fusion of trabecule ; ep., epitheca. . Cross section of septa and wall of Manicina areolata (Linniweus), X 17. tr., trabeculw; ps. th., pseudotheca ; d., dissepiment. . Section parallel to flat surface of septum of Antillia ponderosa (Duncan), X 5. tr., trabeculae. . Section parallel to flat surface of septum of Lusmilia knorri Milne-Edwards and Haime, 18. a. Section parallel to flat surface of septum of Lusmilia knorri Milne-Edwardsand Haime. Three trabeculae magnified about 175 times. Fig. 1, copy by Miss Frances Wieser; other drawings by Dr. J. C. McConnell. 210 U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY MONOGRAPH XXXIX PL. | STRUCTURE OF THE CORAL SKELETON PEATE LL. STRUCTURE OF THE CORAL SKELETON; GRAPHULARIA PERPLEXA. Fic. 1. Cross section of two septa of Siderastrea sp. (after Ogilvie); syn., true synapticula; ps. syn., pseudosynapticula; co., synapticular coalescence of septa, Fig. 2. Cross section of septa and wall of Lusmilia knorri Milne-Edwards and Haime, x 18, to show pseudotheea, Fic. 3. Cross section of septa and wall of Caryophyllia cornuformis, to show psuedotheca, x 19. Fic. 4. Cross section of septa and wall of Caryophyllia communis, to show eutheca, x about 24. Fic. 5. Cross section of septa and wall of Oculina diffusa Lamarck, to show eutheca, X 17. Fic. 6. Cross section of two septa of Thysanus excentricus Duncan, X 18, Dissepiment shows line of fusion between the two parts. Fics. 7, 7a, Tb, 8, 8a, 8b, Graphularia perplexa (de Gregorio) (after de Gregorio). The smaller figures, 7 and 8, natural size. (See p. 56.) Fig. 1, copy by Miss Frances Wieser; other drawings by Dr. J. C. McConnell. U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY MONOGRAPH XXXIX PL. II STRUCTURE OF THE CORAL SKELETON AND GRAPHULARIA PERPLEXA Bay AT Lit: FLABELLUM. Page. RL Ibe Daa CHO ehh WON Fe caoecs boos Rone Hoe sceas Hosen concocboseot bess paes ens: 56 Fig. 1, upright view of a specimen, x 1}; fig. la, calicular view of the same, X 2; fig. 2, a more slender specimen, x 1%; fig. 3, cross section of a rather young speci- men, X 3; fig. 4, cross section of an older specimen, X 3. Figs. 3 and 4 show that the members of the higher cycles of septa first appear near the ends of the longer transverse axis of the calice. Fias. 5 to 6a. Flabellum conoideum var, matthewsense var. NOV ..---.-----------------+------------ 58 Figs. 5 and 5a, two views of the same specimen; figs. 6 and 6a also two views of the same specimen. All figures natural size. IMCS Ute teh JARI: TOO DG Shay ON aos om oe ones Gene soe See beee se BCeces Ssoscooscsers scons dase 59 All figures drawn from the same specimen, Figs. 7 and 7a, two upright views, natu- ral size; fig 7b, calicular view enlarged twice. LCE nask IE, Pal ANT DS UGTA OO RIOR ON 6 o-solnseocS beg RCO READ EGee SUBD BESS OSbSSbOSnSas.cofsss cosscs 59 Fig. 8, upright view, x 24; fig. 9, upright view of another specimen, x 1}; fig. 9a, calicular view of the same specimen, X 24. YG OleHlabelluniicumert orn el OTS Wel | ree terste terset es tei te ae ae a ie ee 60 Natural size, drawn from a rubber squeeze of one of Lonsdale’s original specimens in the Geological Society of London. QQ) 4 Fic. 11. Flabellum cuneiforme var. pachyphyllum Gabb and Horn ..--..---------------------+--- 62 Height of specimen 27 mm. Le I TUE GTC YSN OGG Os = Sonn 3 osogcoSsen coaban Sede Gspong san Scns Sse 7aS2 0050 60 Specimen from Claiborne, Alabama, X 13. Fias. 13 to 18. Flabellum cuneiforme var. pachyphyllum Gabb and Horn....-.........----.------ 62 Fig. 13, a typical specimen, height 23 mm.; the other figs. show variation; fig. 18 might be referred to the var. acutiforme; figs. 14, 15, 16, and 18, natural size; fig. 17, height of specimen 21 mm. Fias. 19 and 20. Flabellum cuneiforme var. acutiforme var. Nov ...-.-.----.---------------------- 63 Fig. 19,2 natural size; fig. 20, natural size. Fic. 21. Flabellwm cuneiforme var. fragile Varsno0v -<22 22 ence cose o- == =a ~ = oom on = wan ee eae 63 Fig. natural size. Fics. 22 to 23a. Flabellum cuneiforme var. wailesi Conrad ....---.---------.-------.---.-++------- 64 Fig. 22, an internal cast from Eutaw, South Carolina, natural size; fig. 23, a typical specimen from Jackson, Mississippi, ? natural size; fig. 23a, surface of preceding specimen stripped of epitheca, enlarged. Figs. 1, 2, 8, 12, 19, 23, and 23a drawn by J. Henry Blake; figs. 11,13, and 17 by Hunter Harris; others by Dr. J.C. McConnell. 214 U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY FLABELLUM arg Ar~ ol ~~ 81445 YSZ & 4e BF < GS NS ao Pia Tt henley FLABELLUM, ALDRICGHIA, PLATYTROCHUS. Figs. 20 to 23, upright views of specimens, as seen looking at sides; figs. 20 and 22, x 3; fig. 21, x 44; fig. 28, x 34; fig. 23a, costie of specimen represented by fig. 23, x 8; fig. 24, longitudinal section of a corallum, showing the structure of the columella, ete., x 6. Figs. 5 and 6 drawn by H. Chadwick Hunter; fig. 21 ‘by J. Henry Blake; all others by Dr. C. McConnell. 216 Page. Figs. 1 to 3a. Flabellum cuneiforme var. wailesi Conrad . ..---.---.-----------------------+------ 64 a ule Figs. 1 and 2 normal, but large, specimens; figs. 3 and 3a, a small conical form, refer- ts able to this variety. All figures natural size. Fics. 4 and da. Flabellum cuneiforme var. magnocostatum var, NOY ...--- ------------------------ 65 Two views of the same specimen, both natural size. HGS. dando. Mlabelluninemandianiun, Gab eas ee = a= = o>) = =a ee eee aaee Sao hoeisSueee 67 Fig. 5, view of flatter side of specimen; cross section of another specimen. DIGS: 7 tow... -labellicm aor tomers yr ON peter area alee ite mee al eer 66 Figs. 7, 8, and 9, views of three specimens, all natural size; fig. 8a, surface of speci- men enlarged to show alternation of coste and septa; fig. 10, cross section of a corallum, magnified slightly more than four times, to show septal arrangement. BiGSsy ll torl2. Mlabellum calefonmeicum Spel = =m.m)= =~ =~ = =e ame meee ee a 69 All figures natural size. WIGS. lo touds Mlabellunvahombowdewmasp ONE ae tol9s -Aldrichtaheleqans cen ne uss ps0 ate, sai lace == 31 is rae ese ee enteral 70 Figs. 15 and 18, upright views of two specimens, flatter side toward the observer, x 3; figs. 16 and 17, upright views of two specimens, enlarged slightly more than four times; fig. 19, longitudinal section of a corallum, enlarged about ten times; fig. 17a, calicular view of specimen represented by fig. 17, x 8. PIGS 20 bo) 24 wee Lady trocius ato gest) (ue) eeeateeteee a= ta aoe ie aloo en eee eer 74 U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY MONOGRAPH XXXIX PL. Vv FLABELLUM, ALDRICHIA, PLATYTROCHUS PLATE: PLATYTROCHUS, DISCOTROCHUS, SPHENOTROCHUS. RyrGss Wand Ja.ePlatyircohws) stoest | (uGk) ease. = 2m =a iole ee eee eee te nate Copies of figures published by Milne-Edwards and Haime. IGS Zito. Platytrochtts, gold fuser (IGOR) en == tio oo nin ieee eee ee ee eee eee eae eee Figs. 2 to 5, upright views of four specimens, all x 3; fig. 2a, calicular view of specimen represented by fig. 2; fig. 6, copy of fig. published by Milne-Edwards and Haime; fig. 7, similar view of a specimen, X 5. The specimens represented by figs. 2 and 7 may be regarded as typical. Fic. 8. Cross section of septa and wall of Platytrochus stokesi (Lea), X about 27..-.-.... HIGS79 tod2) PlawinochusiclaivonnenstsidexGuesorio) 92 - en <2) see eeteeia een ee ese eee ee Figs. 9 and 9a, copies of de Gregorio’s original figures. Figs. 10 and 10a, x 44; fig. Ii 5X3}. 8 Sis aI Svea Fics. 13 to 19b. Discotrochus orbignianus Milne-Edwards and Haime ......-..---.-------------- Figs. 13 and 18a, copies of the original figures of Milne-Edwards and Haime. The septal arrangement in fig. 13 is not correct. Figs. 14 to 16a, two views each of three young specimens, i. e., an upper view and a side or profile view, x 24; fig. 17, outline of an adult specimen as seen from above, x about 34; fig. 18, a few septa of the same specimen, as seen from above, somewhat more carefully drawn; fig. 19, longitudinal section of a corallum, x about 3; fig. 19a, septal face and columella of the same specimen more enlarged; fig. 19b, portion of the septal margin drawn in outline, much enlarged, to show the crenate character. EIGS: 20to24. Sphenotrochusimanius, (ued) seer seeemaeetacices=\-2 <2 = sees eee eee eee eee aes Figs. 20 and 20a drawn from Lea’s type in the Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences; fig. 20, x 5; fig. 20a, x 10; fig. 21, x 3; fig. 21a, calicular view of the same, X between 5 and 6; fig. 22, a large specimen, x 3, which might be Sp. clai- bornensis sp. noy.; figs. 23 and 24, longitudinal sections of two coralla, x 10. Figs. 7, 12, 17, 20, and 20a drawn by J. Henry Blake; all others’ by Dr. J. C. McConnell. 218 80 MONOGRAPH XXXIX PL. V U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY COTROCHUS, SPHENOTROCHUS PLATYTROCHUS, DIS JE Dee) AVA 219 PatrAg Eh. Vor SPHENOTROCHUS, TURBINOLIA, TROCHOCYATHUS. Fics. 1 to 3a. Sphenotrochus claibornensis sp. NOV. ---..------------+ s-sewene saceee cee oes eee Figs. land 3, x 3; fig.2, x 34; fig. 2a, calice of specimen represented by fig. 2, x 5. Bie.4. Dunbinolia sulcata Mamareleen sss sesmeme cece cilece es oor aetna eee esas Type species of the genus; longitudinal section to show flat surface of septa, x 5. FIGS.5 to) 10: ‘TurbinoliaiphoretraiWes one. ssnise= = <= 3) oie o's o2 Socrates eee ee see e eee Fig.5, longitudinal section of a corallum, x 5; fig.6, upright view of a specimen, x 5; fig. 6a, costie and intercostal spaces of the same specimen, more enlarged; fig. 6b, calicular view of the same specimen, enlarged almost 12 times; fig.7, x 5; fig.8, x 4; fig. 8a, calice of another specimen, x 6; fig. 9, a large robust variety from Texas, X 3}; fig. 10, longitudinal tangential section of a corallum, x 5; fig. 10a, a portion of a septum more enlarged to show the nodose character, BrGs, IL to WZ) Lurbinolia wautwbbeensisis pein ONjetriaeta| om nonin oi = se = ae einem aise eee eae Fig. 11, natural size; fig. lla, same view, X 3; fig. 11b, calicular view, x about 3; fig. 12, longitudinal section of a specimen, X 5, to show ornamentation of flat sur- faces of septa. Higs: 13 to13b:.. Turbinolia acuticostata VaughaMe nm ne - a > ‘ ’ S { Pag AE, eV I. TROCHOCYATHUS. Fic. 1. Cross section of wall of Trochocyathus hyattisp. noy., X 23, to show apparent pseudotheca. Frcs. 2) toi9: Drochocyathus tunwlitiformis: (Conrad))---- -... ~~ - =. .--—6 oe ne eee eerie = Fig. 2, side view of a typical specimen, X 34; fig. 3, costalends of septa, magnified ; fig. 4, side of septum, to show arrangement of granules, etc., x 84; figs. 5 to 8, Tr. lunulitiformis var. montgomeriensis var. noy., p. 94; fig. 5, side view, x 3}; fig. 6, costal ends of septa, enlarged; fig. 7, calicular view, x 3; fig. 8, a few septa and pali diagrammatically represented; fig. 9, section through the wall, showing pseudotheca and pseudosynapticular junction of some septa, X 18. Hires, 10itol3) Drochocyathusicalifornranwsis pe D Oe cic XC, Pia Awe xT. MADRACIS, STYLOPHORA. IGS "1 to. Madracisigane: Sp. NOV =a-n)aa serene e see ae =o one eee ee eee eee 128 Figs. 1, 2, 3, general views, natural size; figs. 4,5, 6, calices magnified; fig. 4 shows a surface with granular ornamentation; in fig. 5 the surface markings tend to be in striw: fig. 6. the septa are somewhat broken, and the columella has the gen- erai appearance of being false; fig. 7, cross section of a branch, natural size. EGS) S to lil eMadracieyohnsonitsp. Novas. se ese eccece eee: 2 ote eee 129 Fig. 8, a large, fine specimen, natural size; fig. 9, a small branch, natural 8ize; fig. Ya, outline of cross section of this small branch; figs. 10 and 11, calices, enlarged, RIGS plsrandwl2a..Madnacs.qreg oriole ps NO Vane ase ee eta ae ene ee ee 130 Fig. 12, a general view of the corallum, natural size; fig. 12a, calices enlarged. RIGS 1S too. Sty lonhonaumimnwttasind (spain OV-eeaeee een cee aa aaa eee ere ee eee ee 131 Fig. 13, general view of corallum, natural size; fig. 14, a calice, x 7; fig. 15, several calices, x 7, also shows surface ornamentation. 1Ge16. Sty lophona onder osciBp. ll OVeen oo asea(ae eee meen e ence cle eee eee eee ee 132 Section through caenenchyma, parallel to the longitudinal axes of the corallites, x 10. All figures drawn by Dr. J. C. McConnell. 234 U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY MONOGRAPH XXXIX PL. Xill MADRACIS, STYLOPHORA le, XV. 235 PAW, xr V.. STYLOPHORA, ASTRANGIA. Frias. 1 to 1b. Stylophora ponderosa sp. NOV-....-------.----- ---- ---- «=== ---- ------ -2-- --~----- Fig. 1, a general view of a specimen, natural size; fig. la, some corallites seen in cross section, X 5; fig. 1b, to show structure of ca-nenchyma as seen on weathered surface, X 5. Figs. 2 and 2a. Stylophora perdubia de Gregorio (sedis incerta) Smaller figure, natural size. ID(s BIO Oy HER, COO WON Ps so nao Sacoe 6 cose HeSsede See SES eS Sono Specs aasocse> Fig. 3, specimen attached to a valve of Barbatia cuculloides (Conrad), natural size; fig. 3a, the same enlarged to show expanded base; fig. 3b, calice of central coral- lite, x 5; figs. 4 and 5, two other specimens. natural size. Figs. 6 to 7. Astrangia ludoviciana sp. nov..--------------------- Figs. 6 and 7, two colonies, natural size; fig. 6a, calice of specimen represented by fig. 6, x 5. Ce pts ol MOR SIR OTN OC ada, DUAR, oSon a eeeo ooo d ooo SS emer BeBe Seoooe Soooes serbes caosSesc Figs. 8, 9, and 10, general views of three specimens, natural size; fig. 10a, the largest calice on specimen represented by fig. 10, x 2. HiGs. divand ta: Astangta wilcomensts: Si .i 0) O Wiser lapis ta === = 3 a ole wife ela = alate lle Fig. 11, general view of a colony, natural size; fig. 11a, calice, x 24. All figures drawn by Dr. J. C. MeConnell. 236 Page. 132 135 136 | | U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY STYLOPHORA, ASTRANGIA eer xe FiGs. Fics. FIGs. FIGs. Pat AW XV: CLADOCORA, DicHocaentA, FAVIA, HAIMESIASTR AA. tors.) .Cladocora’ recrescens Mionsd ales. -seeeseeetsete sea =e oo ae aoe eee eee Fig. 1, copy of Lonsdale’s original figure; fig. 2, drawn from a cast in Jimestone from Jacksonboro, Georgia; fig.3, drawn from a rubber squeeze made from the cast. All figures natural size. #-tojac:, Dichocenia alavanvensis 8p) ONec sessment acj- hae aa eee ee cree nieeceee Fig. 4, general view of the corallum, natural size; ng. da, ealices, x about 4; fig. 4b, thin section through several corallites, 34; fig. 4c, longitudinal section ot corallite, x 2. 5ito'5e.) Mavia merniams Sp. NOW o<2. an eaisee eee eee see ce -jsc-se 27 ee eee ee eee eee Se Fig. 5, general view of corallum, natural size; fig. 5a, calice, x 24; fig. 5b, cross section of corallite, x about 74; fig. 5e, oblique longitudinal section of a corallite to show dissepiments, x 34. 6 to 9. Haimesiasirea conferia gen. et sp. NOV..---.------2------ 2-222 Sense een ee n-ne Fig. 6, several calices, x 63; fig. 7, cross section of a branch, x 2; fig. 8, cross sec- tion of a corallite, x 84; fig. 9, longitudinal section of a corallite, x 8}. Figs. 6, 7, 8, and 9 drawn by J. Henry Blake; all others by Dr. J. C. McConnell. 238 142 145 U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY MONOGRAPH XXXIX PL. XV CLADOCORA, DICHOCCENIA, FAVIA, HAIMESIASTRAA i n i i ist i! i et + i nF j { in 1 . y f _ ; +4 i 1 1 as i f Pan ' i * a) netber e ‘ ce . 7 ‘e . n t ara, XO L PLA xX V I. HAIMESIASTR.A CONFERTA gel. et sp. nov. (Page 143.) Fic. 1. A corallum from Greggs Landing, Alabama, natural size. ‘This specimen is designated as the type of the species. Fa. 2. Cross section of a corallite, x 73, shows the mode of formation of the false columella. y 3. Section through wall of corallite, x 37, showing apparent true thecal centers of calcification. Fic. 4. Longitudinal section of a corallite, x 5, showing lateral ornamentation of septa. 5. Thin section parallel to flat surface of septum, x 60, showing trabeculw; fig. 5a, a portion of the same section more highly magnified; the calcification centers are too diagramatically represented. Fic. 6. A cross section, slightly oblique, of a septum, x 60. Fic. 7. A large specimen, referred to this species, from Woods Bluff, Alabama; figure, natural size; fig. Ta, several calices, x 34. All figures drawn by Dr. J. C. McConnell. 240 U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY MONOGRAPH XXXIX PL. XVI HAIMESIASTRAA CONFERTA eG ob iteel et PEAT heave t. HAIMESTASTR AA, ASTROCGNIA, PLATYCG:NIA, STEPHANOCGNIA. ENGS lstolbs eeavmestastr wa petogd) (Grub) epee mae a aaa a alee ae All figures from Gabb’s type material in the collection of the University of Cali- fornia, Berkeley, California. Fig.1,a small specimen, natural size; fig. 2, a calice, x 6, the upper margins of the septa broken off, showing the false columella; fig. 3, a perfect calice, x 6, showing the septal margins meeting in the axial space; fig. 4, an oblique longitudinal section of a corallite, x 20, showing the nodular char- acter of the septa, dissepiments, etc.; fig. 5, cross section of a corallite, x 20, show- ing pseudotheca and false columella; fig.6, general view of a rather large mass, natural size. HIGHS and faq eAsioceniaypuinpellyt Bp NON) «= sees tea = aia lela e in eee Fig. 7, general view of the corallum, natural size; fig. 7a, calices, x 5. Fic. 8. Astrocwnia sp. dub. de Gregorio (after de Gregorio) .....--..-...--.----------------+--- Fics. 9 to 9c. Platycenia jacksonensis gen. et sp.NOV.------.-.----.------------------------------ Fig. 9, profile view, x *; fig. 9a, longitudinal section of corallite, x 635; fig. 9b, view of corallum from above, natural size; fig. 9c, calices seen from above, < about 4. Figs. 10 and 10a, Stephanocwnia fairbanksi var. columnaris var. NOV -...----------.---+---+------- Fig. 10, general view, natural size; fig. 10a, calice, X about 4. Figs. 11 and lla. Stephanocwnia fairbankst sp. NOV, === ---------- ~~~ nn ee en nw ewe nee Fig. 11, general view, natural size; fig. 1la, calice, x about 4. All figures drawn by Dr. J.C. McConnell, except figs. 9 and 9a, which were drawn by J. Henry Blake. MONOGRAPH XXXIX PL. XVII U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY OCCENIA LIC ANO STEPH/ HAIMESIASTRA-A, ASTROCCENIA, PLATYCCENIA, aves, XV ELT, AE Novena. SIDERASTREA, STEPHANOMORPHA, MESOMORPHA, BALANOPHYLLIA. IGS stow. sidenastred RELA GON Ales SP .wTl ON a es aste fee la alee alain = =i le le oie aa at eet Fig. 1, profile view of corallum, x4; fig. 2, corallum, viewed from above, natural size; fig. 3, several calices, x 34, detail not precisely correct; fig. 4, portion of wall and some septa, x 84, drawn very carefully, to show character of wall and distribution of synapticule., Al] figures from the same specimen. Figs. 5 to 7. Stephanomorpha monticuliformis gen. et sp. NOV ..---..--------------------------- Fig. 5, general view of corallum from side, x jj; fig. 5a, several calices, x 34; fig. 6, view of a intercorallite area (same specimen), <5, to show synapticule between costie; fig. 7, longitudinal section, x 6, to show synapticulw between cost. Bigs..S to 10) Mesomorphalauncantys pa DOW ca raaeiate mlal=ia a= = aja ole m= im mma mate cel Fig. 8, profile view of corallum, x 8; fig. 8a, view of corallum from above, natural size; fig. 8b, several calices, x 24, shows pondaeae septo-costie ; fig. 8c, one calice, x5, very carefully drawn to show distribution of synapticule ; fig. 9, general view of another specimen, natural size; fig. 10, flat surface of two septa, xX 6, the cross marks the delimitation between adjacent calices. This figure shows the imperforate character of the septa and the broken ends of thesynapticule. From the arrangement of the latter, the trabecular constitution can be inferred. The trabecule at the line of fusion between adjacent ecalices are vertical, but toward the inner terminations of the septa they have a slight, though not great, inelina- tion inward. Figs. 11 to 18a. Balanophyllia desmophyllum Milne-Edwards and Haime. ....-.---------. -------- Figs. 11 and 12, upright views of two spec:mens, natural size; fig. 12a, acct enlarged; fig. 12b, portion of calice to show septal arrangement, X3; fig. 13, upright view of specimen, X 24; fig. 13a, transverse outline, X 2. Figs. 1, 3,5, 5a, 8, 8b, and 13 drawn by J. Henry Blake; all others by Dr. J. C. McConnell. 244 159 164 U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY MONOGRAPH XXXIX PL. XVIII an ws \N aii = ante S SIDERASTRAZA, STEPHANOMORPHA, MESOMORPHA, BALANOPHYLLIA ACT 2xe Ne BALANOPHYLLIA. Figs. 1 to 3c. Balanophyllia desmophyllum var. microcostata var. nOV..-.----.----------------- Figs. 1 and 2, upright views of two specimens, x 24; fig. 3, upright view of another specimen, natural size; fig. 3a, cost of the same enlarged; fig. 3b, two coste, more enlarged, with profile above; fig. 3c, cross section, showing septal arrange- ment, X 2. PIGS: 4510163 balanoply iamrroratcn (CONTAC) |= sei a= eerie eeiaiee aeeeeieeeelele eee ee Fig. 4, upright view of Conrad’s type in the Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences, x 4; fig. 4a, transverse outline of the same, x 8; fig. 5, upright view of a typical specimen, natural size; fig. 5a, transverse section of the same, showing septal arrangement, x slightly more than twice; fig. 5b, costie of the same, much enlarged, shows a shred of epitheca over the costie, profile of the cost above; fig. 6, side view of a septum, showing the distribution of the granulations on the side of the septum, x about 4. Fics. 7 to 8b. Balanophyllia irrorata var. mortoni (Gabb and Horn)....--..---.---------------- Fig. 7, upright view of one of Gabb’s types in the Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences: fig. 7a, transverse outline of the larger specimen, both figures 4 natural size; fig. 8, a typical specimen, natural size; fig. 8a, a portion of the cross section of the same specimen, x 2, to show septal arrangement; fig. 8b, costiw of the same specimen, much enlarged, profile above. Figs. 9 and 10. Balanophyllia irrorata var. dichotoma (Gabb and Horn). -...-.-.---------------- Vig. 9, upright view of one of Gabb’s types in the Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences, X 24; fig. 10, upright view of another specimen, Xx nearly 2; this speci- men is somewhat intermediate between var. mortoni and var. dichotoma, although it is referred to the latter. Fics. 11 and lla. Balanophyllia irrorata var. coniformis var. NOV...-..-----------------------+-- Fig. 11, upright view of a specimen, natural size; fig. lla, cross section of the same, x 2, showing septal arrangement. Pres.12'toil4) Balanophy ia inawis\sp. NOV ssn sssp ae seeene sels sia e ee eee eee sees Fig. 12, upright view of a specimen in the United States National Museum; fig. 13, upright view of another specimen in Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences, natural size; fig. 14, somewhat diagrammatic representation of septa for one- quarter of a cross section. Figs. 1, 2, and 9 drawn by J. Henry Blake; figs. 4 and 7 by E. Sheppard; all others by Dr. J. C. McConnell. 246 167 168 169 170 171 U. &. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY MONOGRAPH XXXIX PL. XIX ililizg, Wi ty oe La) BALANOPHYLLIA Fies Fics Fics Fics Fics Fies PLATES BALANOPHYLLIA. a Lto}2. Balanophyllia, ponderosa sp. NOV.) sss sere eae eee = me om = 6 mm + - =e ae aie ela nia eer Fig. 1, upright view of a specimen, natural size; fig. la, transverse outline, natural size; fig. 1b, several septa and wall, x 24; fig. le, cost enlarged; fig. 2, upright view of another specimen, natural size. MoubOLD eB OLANODNAY LUG CIUNILLATLS) SP) = Th O Nise raot tees teeta ea al Figs. 3 and 4, two upright views of the same specimen, natural size; fig. 5, cost enlarged. .6 to 10. Balanophyllia augustinensis sp. NOV.--.....-. ------ ---- 2-- 22 ~~~ = wane eo onan one Figs. 6, 7, and 8, upright views of three specimens, all natural size; fig. 9, cross section of a corallum, x 24, to show septal arrangement; fig. 10, cost:e enlarged. . Lito 14. Balanophyllia'elongata sp. Nov --= = -22eac sarees sone =~ we one - ne cieaoie eee = nee Fig. 11, upright view of a typical specimen, natural size; fig. 11a, coste and shreds of epitheca, enlarged; fig. 12,a very abnormal small specimen, natural size; fig. 13,longitudinal section of corallum, x 2, showing dissepiments; fig. 14, cross sec- tion of a corallum, x 2, showing septal arrangement. Pibitols: Balanophyltiiacautifera (Conrad) Beceem etete eaietal= l= apelele = eta imeral alee ele Fig. 15, upright view of one of Conrad’s types in the Philadelphia Academy of Natu- ral Sciences, natural size; fig. 16, upright view of another, more robust specimen, natural size; fig. 16a, calice of the same, xX 2}; fig. 17, upright view of another specimen, size indicated by line at side of figure; fig. 18, upright view of a small specimen, X 24, shows well the nipple-like pedicel on the base. . 19 to 20. Balanophyllia caulifera var. multigranosa var. NOV ..--.--------------------------- Fig. 19, upright view ofa specimen, natural size; fig. 19a, calice of the same, x 24, to show septal arrangement; fig. 19b, costie enlarged; fig. 20, upright view of another specimen, natural size. Fics. 21 to 23. Balanophyllia haleana (Milne-Edwards and Haime).....---.---..-----.--------- Fig. 21, upright view of the type of the species in the Muséum d’Histoire Naturelle, Paris, length of specimen 31 mm.; fig. 21a, calice of the same, diameters of the . 16mm. F : 7 7 calice ean (The drawings for these two figures were made from photographs furnished by M. Alphonse Milne-Edwards.) Fig. 2%, upright view of a specimen, not so much elongated as the type, length of specimen, 23 mm. ; fig. 23, upright view of a typical specimen, length 29 mm.; fig. 23a, one-half of the ealice of the same, X about 3. 174 174 176 177 178 Fig.17 drawn by Hunter Harris; fig. 18 by J. Henry Blake; all others by Dr. J.C. McConnell. 248 U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY MONOGRAPH XXXIiX PL. XX AD, tN} a BALANOPHYLLIA PLATE eis BALANOPHYLLIA, EUPSAMMIA, RHECTOPSAMMIA, ENDOPACHYS, Fis. 1 to 2. Balanophyllia haleana (Milne-Edwards and Haime) . ----.--------- ---------------- Figs. 1 and 2, upright views of two specimens, each x 2}; figs. la and 2a, respec- tively, transverse outlines of the specimens, X 3. Fires. 3 to 7. Lupsammia elaborata (Conrad) ...-.----------------- +--+ e022 2-2 e eee teeter ee Fig. 8, upright view of Conrad’s type in the Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences, x 24; fig. 3a, transverse outline of the same, 3 8 fig. 4, upright view of an elongate specimen from Aquia Creek, Virginia, x 24; fig. 4a, transverse out- line of the same, x 4; fig. 5, upright view of a ae specimen from Greggs Landing, Alabama, x 2}; fig. 5a, transverse outline of the same, X 7; ; fig. 6, trans- verse section of a corallum, x 2, to show septal arrangement; fig. 7, thin section through wall, to show relations of septa to cost, the synapticulate character of the wall, septal perforations, etc., x 11. Fias. 8 to 9a. Copies of de Gregorio’s original figures of Placosmilia (Trochosmilia) connivens de Gregorio. ‘This is probably a synonym of Eupsammia elaborata (Conrad)... .--- Fics. 10 to 10b. Hupsammia conradi nom. nov..-.----------+---------++ 2222-222 2-2 rere eee eee All figures drawn from Conrad’s type of ‘‘ Turbinolia pileolus” in the Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences. Fig. 10, upright view, x @; fig. 10a, transverse outline, x8; fig. 10b, view of calice from above, > 2. Fics. 11 to 13. Rhectopsammia claibornensis gen. et sp. NOV.----.---------------+-.---++--------- Figs. 11 and 11a, two upright views of the same specimen, X 21; fig. 11b, calieular view of the same specimen, x 24; fig. 12, very young specimen attached to a specimen of Dentalium blandum de Gregorio, X 6, shows the basal plate and first formed septa; fig. 13, view of basal end of a very young specimen, X 6, shows a portion of the basal plate adhering to the septa; also shows the mode of over- lapping beyond the first epithecal ring of the subsequently formed hard parts. Fics. 14 to 16. Endopachys maclurti (Lea) ....-.-.-.---.--------------- Beencincte ee eeeeses Fig. 14 and 14a, copies from Milne-Edwards and Haime; a ‘1 upright view; fig. 14a, calicular view, both natural size; fig. 15, view of another specimen, natural size; fig. 16, side of a septum, outer layer peeled off, x 4, to show courses of trabecule and mode of insertion of new trabeculie. 180 183 186 Figs. 1 to 5a drawn by J. Henry Blake; figs. 10 and 10a by E. Sheppard; fig. 15 by Hunter Harris; all others by Dr. J. C. McConnell. 250 U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY MONOGRAPH XXXIX PL. XX| \\ BALANOPHYLLIA, EUPSAMMIA, RHECTOPSAMMIA, ENDOPACHYS Ae) | ee paleyAgien, OX XT: ENDOPACHYS, DENDROPHYLLIA, DENDRACIS. HIG al Endopackysimacturst (Mea) \cerma steiner nie mee etse aa oe aloe emia ee eee a ae ae A specimen approaching var. tenue var. nov. ‘The line indicates the size. Figs. 2 to 5. Endopachys maclurti var. tenue var. DOV-.--.-------------------- s----- ---- eee All figures natural size. Pic. 6.. Endopachys macturit (Lea) ...- AA PAs A ee Beef ooo e cee ens cone cee s csccce ee A specimen near variety tenue, natural size. Fics. 7 and 8. Endopachys maclurii var. triangulare Conrad.........-...-------. ------ The figures made from Conrad’s type in the Philadelphia Academy ae Nisa Sciences. Fig. 7, upright view, looking at side; fig. 8, transverse outline; both figures £ natural size. Fic. 9. Endopachys sp., probably a large specimen of 2. maclurii var. triangulare Conrad. . - Fig. natural size. hiGs) 10jand/ 10a. Endopachys lonsdalevspamovaeense sso 5-62 = soos oneness oan e se eeeene Two upright views of the same specimen, both natural size. BIGS sito 14) endopachys: shaleri Sp. nOvieseeeesae sae Soe sao n= = 5) 2 arose ae ee aoe Figs. 11 to 13, upright views of three specimens, x about 2}; fig. 14, skeleton diagram. of septa. Fics. 15 to 18. Endopachys minutum sp. nov Sand LADD ESDS eee e c Satooscsstees Figs. 15 to 17, upright views of ‘hxbe specimens, x 2; awe 16 Pat 16a, two views of the same specimen; fig. 18, calicular view of another specimen, X nearly 5. BYGS.19 tol Sbs -Dendrophiylia stiri atais pian Ove eens sane ieee 2 eee eee ee eee Figs. 19 and 19a, two views of the type specimen, both natural size; fig. 19b, upper end of the same, x 3, to show septal arrangement. FIGs: -20'to0'20c) Dendrophyllia lishonensia (Sp. DOVeee see enema eaeecie esas ones ee enone Fig. 20, general view of type specimen, natural size; fig. 20a, general view of the same, enlarged nearly 3 times; fig. 20b, a calice, x 5; fig. 20c, cross section of lower end of specimen, X 2. Fic. 21. Copy of Lonsdale’s original figure of Dendrophyllia levis Lonsdale sp. dub. ....-.---- IG. 22. Copy of Lonsdale’s original figure of Caryophyllia subdichotoma Lonsdale sp. dub. IGS, Zoand24. Dendracisitupiulata(Wonsdale)eeeaeeneeeeeses see eeeee cee eeeeeee eee eee Copies of Lonsdale’s original figures. 190 191 199 197 193 Fig. 1 drawn by Hunter Harris; figs. 7 and 8 by E. Sheppard; all others by Dr. J. C. McConnell. 252 U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY MONOGRAPH XXxXIX PL. XXII — 24 ENDOPACHYS, DENDROPHYLLIA, DENDRACIS er ee) Py Ane eexe 11. TURBINARIA (7), PORITES. RIGS Lito. hunbinania® a@laoanensis Sp. Ovieeeeneees a ea esse = aoce a= oe aetoniee eeeeae eee Fig. 1, view of a vertical section through a corallum, natural size; fig. 2, cross section of a corallite, as seen in a thin section, * about 20; fig. 3, vertical section of cennenchyma and a SONS x 44, shows perforate septa. Fics. 4 to 6. Porites ramosa (Lonsdale) Fig. 4, copy of Lonsdale’s original figure; fig.5, general view of the cast of a speci- men, natural size; fig. 6, cast of several calices, x 3}. All drawings made by Dr. J. C. McConnell. 254 Page. 194 hie U. St GEOLOGICAL SURVEY MONOGRAPH XXXIX PL. XXIll TURBINARIA (?), PORITES eer XEXCIV RUARHS Sexo. TURBINARIA (?) ALABAMENSIS. Page. Reproduction from photograph of a large specimen of Turbinaria (2?) alabamensis sp.nov..---- 194 256 MONOGRAPH XXXIX PL. XXIV U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY TURBINARIA (?) ALABAMENSIS INDEX. Names in italic are synonyms; figures in appear; figures in italic denote illustrations. A. Page. | Acrohelia, M.-Edw. and H .-..--...........----------- 126 Actinacis d’Orbigny-.----------------.-------------- 194, 195 Agassiz, A., reference to Se) 13 Alabama Bluff, Tex., corals from - eS 29 Aleyonaria, M.-Edw. and H ....-.-.- 5 56 Aldrich, T. H. acknowldgments to -..-.--.------------ 12 Aldrichia, gen. nov ...--..---------- . 23, 70-73, 74. 216 lel6 sams Sp. NOV ~~ enna aa ee ene 20, 30, 71-73, 216 Alum Bluff, Tex., corals from..-.....-.-.--------------- 28 Alveopora, Quoy and Gaimard 52 American Museum of Natural History, acknowledg- TGS) 100) = oon Naeem eer ee SoCo oeeCoSneeeres 12 Amphiastreide Ogilvie.....--..-..------.-.---------- 49, 50 Amphihelia, M.-Edw. and H natchitochensis sp nov ----- Anthophyllum cuneiforme Conrad Antillia ponderosa (Duncan) .-.---- Aquia Creek beds, correlation of . Arago beds, correlation of-.----.---------------------- PABLeTOldes CalyCUJANIS| /-- 2c. cc 226 semen en acinn Astreids M.-Edw. and H...---...--..----------- 50, 54, 145 Astreomorpha Reuss'..--..------------0-------------- 43 Astrangia M.-Edw. and H .-.-...--.---.- 23, 30, 33, 133-1388 expamsa sp. NOV..------------- 21, 30, 133-135, 136, 236 harrisi sp. nov --..-- 21, 136-137, 236 | lineata (Conrad). ---- S 138 ludoviciana sp. nov- - wilcoxensis sp. novy-.----- . 21,25, 137-138, 236 Astrangia sp. nov. Vanghan .--.....---.---------+---- 133 Astrangidx Verrill.........---------00---+---- 54, 133-139 Astrea (pars) Lamarck ....-..--.....-+--+----------- 154, 155 rotulosa (Ellis and Solander) ......-----.--------- 155 Astreidae. See Astreide. Astrocenia M.-Edw.and H .--..-....-- 23, 33, 149, 150, 153 orbignyana M.-Edw. and H -..-........--------- 149, 153 Gye OE oe eee one Seats Ser cons ss saeseaeesec 149 pectinata Pourtalés .-.....-.. 153 ? petrosa Gabb---..---- - 19,146 pulcheila M.-Edw. and H.........-.--..------.---- 150 pumpellyisp. nov......-. 21,31, 949, 242 sp.dub.de Gregorio ...-..---.------------------- 198, 242 Astroccenid# nom. nov..-...----------------- 54, 149-153 Astrohelia M.-Edw. and H ....-..---..--.-- 23,28, M94-415 burnsi sp. noy ---..--.--....--.--------- 21,30, 415, 228 lesueuri M.-Edw. and H......-.-.....-. 13, 116, 117, 119, 228 neglecta sp. NOV -..--------..--.----- 21, L84-115, 226 POPU UCP OUT) a ae ee ae 117 Atane beds, correlation of ....--..-..-..--------..--.- 16 Aturia bed, correlation of..........---..-...0..22.-.-- 16 MON XXXxIx——17 - 21,30, 135-136, 236 | blackface type are numbers of pages on which detailed descriptions B. Page. Balanophyllia Searles Wood ...................-2...-- 24, r 25, 34, 37, 44, 103, 162-HSO, 182, 183, 184 annuolanig|ap. NOV. .-225-s4-eseas ene 22,25, 194, 243 augustinensis sp.noy----.......-- 22, 248 calyonius!S iWO0d)eartecet pees eee 162 caulifera (Conrad)-...-...-.- 22,162,173, 176-178, 248 caulifera var. multigranosa var. noy.....-....--- 29 22, 30, 177-178, 243 desmophyllum M.-Edw. and H........-............ li, 22, 25, 26, 27, 28, 164-166, 171, 244, 246 desmophyllum var. microcostata var. nov 22, 25, 166, 171, 246 elongata SpeNOV es. ..c— ssc eee ee= eee 22; 30, 163, 164, 173, 175-176, 248 gravesipM.-Hdw. and, Hesse ee ee 166 haleana (M.-Edw. and H.) 22. 250 246 ee 22, 30, 53, 162, 163-164, 166, 167-171, 173, 182, 246 irrorata var. coniformis var. nov ...-...---.------- 22, 28, 170-871, 174, 246 irrorata var. dichotoma (Gabb and Horn).--...__.- 29, 169-170, 171, 246 irrorata var. mortoni (Gabb and Horn) .-.......__. 92, 28, 103, 16S, 170, 171, 246 ponderosa sp. nov .------.--....--.------ 22,25, 173, 248 Barbatia ecuculloides (Conrad). --...-..-- See a ee Bartonian formation, correlation of.........2.2.. 22.22. 16 Basal plate, discussion of --.......... 36-37 Bashi beds, corals found in - 26 Bashi series, correlation of .......- 16 Bathelia Moseley .-.......-.......... 126 Bathymetric distribution of species ............ 23-32 Belinfante, L. L., acknowledgments to ......... 13 Bernard, H. M., acknowledgments to ...........-...... 13 cited on dissepiments --..../.-...----.202-- 22-0000 52 cited on walls of Alveopora...........-..--...----< 52 work of. 55 Black Bluff beds. See Sucarnochee beds. Black Shoals; ex.; corals from 22-.....-.2...s-2.-.--.< 28 Blainville, H. M. D. de, use of name Astrea by 155 Blake, J. H., reference'to----=-........----...- = 14 Bold Mound, Tex., corals from..............--......--- 29 Bolsche, W., citedon Trochosmilia?inauris(Morton).-. 171 Bolten, J. F., use of name Astrea by ............------ 154 Boston Society of Natural History, acknowledgments Uilcondéocoss 52 - asa so-- ees saa 21, 25 26, 42, 54, 143, 145-146, 148, 238, 240 | petrosa (Gabb)............-.... 21,32,49, 146, 148, 242 | Harris, G. D. ;cormelation by----...-...---.---s-«ss--- 18 cited on Eocene in Virginia and Maryland.. 5 17 cited on Flabellum from Arkansas ------ 58 | cited on fossils from Hardeman County, 196 cited on localities of Flabellum cuneiforme var. | wailesi Conrad in Arkansas................--. 64 | GOraleGeterhwmme Uy. se no -- eee ee enn aes 18 Pye Pe 15 | specimens collected by ................------.--.-- 137 | Harris; pmetere Wmeiple--a26---.20-..--222--205-5---< 14 | Hatchetigbee Bluff beds, coral fuund in- toe 26 | COMMINMIOUN OlpREEEEE tres: Wi.seacms. 2 cose lsusc. 55. 16 Heider, A. R. von, cited on the origin of the ealeare- ous deposit 35 WOLKE ony san SAMI sete iaewacidh ca cece cn cocens . 129 260 INDEX. Page. Page. Heilprin, A., acknowledgments to ......-------------- ) 12 | Madrepora astroites Linn............0-------0-------- 155 Heliastrewa M.-Edw. and H ....-.................----- 41 galaxea Ellis and Solander .-..----.------------- 154, 155 Mill Re L:, aid) by 222 -- 2-2 2-~ose cnc ee ee --=-n-mome 13, 140, 149 punctulata Conrad ....-.-------- ---- 199 Hunter, H. C., reference to -..-.---+---+-+2-+-----+--+-- iu rotulosa Ellis and Solander. -..-- 154, 155 Hyatt, A., acknowledgments to .......-+----++++20e05- 12,13 tubulata (?) Lonsdale.....-..- 193 vicksburgensis Conrad ..------------------ 116 J. Madreporarian coral skeleton, morphology of ..--..--. 34-55 Jackson, Ala., corals found near......-...------------- 30 | Madreporidw M.-Edw. and H 54, 193-194 Jackson, R. T., acknowledgments to-.--.--.--.-------- 12,13 | Manicina Ehrenberg -.-.-..---- 38, 42, 45 Jacksonian stage, bathymetric distribution of coralsof — 30 areolata (Linn). --..--------------+++---- 38-40, 49,210 GOrrelation Of: sane nese ee ees. =. 16 | Manzanilla beds, correlation of.-..---....---.--------- 16 Johns Hopkins University, acknowledgments to-.---- j2 | Marenzeller, E. von, cited on septa in Flabellum Les- Johnson, C. W., acknowledgments to 80M .~--------------+------ 57 Corals collected|Dyjso> sesso se ean =eeaeee ens --- Marks Mill beds, correlation of. - ; 16 meference 10 -- on nee eee ae eae ee eaw eae Martinez beds, corals from. -.-...---..-.------.--------- 32 Johnson, L. C., coral collected by group, correlation of Jones, W. R., acknowledgments to .......------------- Maryland, age of corals from 7 Mason Springs, Md., corals found at. .-.---.--..------- 7 AES Matthews Landing beds. See Naheola beds. Kenai group, correlation of.....-----------++---------- 16 McConnell, J. Cc. reference to. ....--.------++++2++----+ 14 Kittl, E., acknowledgments to 13 | Merriam, J.C.,aid by -. 13, 96, 102, 146, 152 ,E., @ ments t0--22c-.-s=eaee=-l- ~~ ===" sea Koby, F., cited on septal pores -..---.---.------------- 44 LS aaa for - 143 Koch, G. von, cited on the basal plate - 36 uM WATS Sea 7 a aa ae = 8 cited on the epitheca. ---..-------------.----- -- 37-38 esomonpha Pratz. PE PSe Speer pce soe ce 157, 159-161 cited on the origin of the calcareous deposit . 35 catadupensis Vaughan.....-.--.-----------+++++-- 160 quotedtonpalissyeeeste eee 2 ee duncani sp. nov..-.--------- 22,25, 40, 47, 159-161, 244 quoted on structure of theca .--------------------- 50 michelin, H., reference to SEC see an pean tee 85 quoted on synapticule .- Midway beds, geographic and bathymetric distribu- Eee a eee alee Seer eee on! 2... Lae tion:ofcoralsjin)c-scese se sseaae eee eenete 25 ; Midway limestone, correlation of.......---.-.--------- 16 Toe Midwayan stage, correlation of 16 eneral conclusions regarding Chick g Lacaze-Duthiers, H. de, cited on basal plate in Balano- 2 or pianists Site eS 26 L ae as oe = Ber ee i ie geographic and bathymetric distribution of corals amarck, J. B. P., use am. 12 7 : Ch Ape pccoscooandece Iob Sends cee rseseosS! 25 Leptophyllia Reuss ..--..-..------------- 43 Milne-Edwards, A., aid by -- 13 ack 2 Lerch, om SS appa aa ec a Milne-Edwards, H., work of. 55 aes ras oF ai. si - f Cane 99 Milne-Edwards, H.,and Haine, J., femcieaon of pa ha rem areee a pe > aan 98 Platytrochus M.-Edw. and H., by ------------- 73 SE uCRy SS ea ae = cited on Oculinidsw M.-Edw. and H 126 fs oii rormnation: lati f 16 i mand tH oape sean ech eri manne Ae ds covala tioma °F cited on Paracyathus caryophyllus (Lamarck) .--. 109 BOOT 1 z - : aaa 5G cited on Stephanoccenia intersepta (Esper) --.---- 152 a ee Bee a ar i / ee eS description of Astrohelia lesueuri M.-Edw. and H., ithophyllia cubens - ‘ sic 2 NI ca ugiee ke oa Ge Te lacera (Pallas) -..-------------++----- a description of Balanophyllia haleana (M.-Edw. and Lonsdale, W., description of Caryophyllia subdicho- H.) by 178-179 toma Lona Dy o-sssn ovens sree 197 |". aggription of Bissotroshua M.cedw. ead Hy by.-- 78 description of Uladocora recrescens Lonsdale by.- 138 description of Discotrochus orbignianus M.-Eaw description of Dendrophyllia levis Lonsdale by... 199 au ih . 2 % ae hi “De llia (2) s § 9 | > desc egal of Dendrophyllia (?) sp. Lonsdale|by=- 200)) description of Onulinale americana M.-Edw. and H., description. of Madrepora tubulata Lonsdale by .-. 193 be 118 description of Porites ramosa (Lonsdale) by.------ 195 motadion’ Tarbinolia. Se ea Lea Sis trea, an description of Porites sp. Lonsdale by -.---------- 201 eee to pe dere ah cane aa age Ra ee . on | Teference to .....---.------ +++ -+-----e erence eee eee : ne ae eae $Blocssca gag eaeUcrec bese S505 EU A Moodys Branch beds, correlation of....-.---.--------- 16 rolifera (Pillas)----22-cs0--2+--------- den aennna= 3 Mg L eat ana geological survey, aolcowledame nts to 12 Morphology of the madreporarian coral skeleton-.---- Ste 2 3 To Moseley, H. N., cited on bathymetric distribution of IM. BDO CIOS ctatale o fate ors piatee eee eters te 23 | cited on Neohelia Moseley .-.---------------- 126 adraci - . and H..... 23, 29, 33, 14 © : eae Ze a ee H ahi EAE fs Moseleys Ferry, Tex., corals from 28 RAR ah ge Ree 128, jog | Museum of Comparative Zoology of Cambridge, ac- decactis y -- ie aS ganei sp. nov -.-..- -- 21,27, 128- 129, 130, 235 winsei eae led ementaleG gregorioi sp. noy -------------- 21, 25,26, BO-1BE, 254” naar Boose cet aree johnsoni sp. nov-.--.---------- 21, 28, 29, 129-130, 254 | aN mirabilis (Duchassaing and Michelotti)..-...---- 128, 129 pharensis (Heller) .-------.----------+---+++++---- 129 | Nahvola beds, correlation of..........----------------- 16 sp. Vaughan .....---.+-2+ eeeee eee e eee eee eee ee eee 28 | Naheola marls, bathymetric distribution of corals in-- 25 INDEX. 261 Page. Page. Nanafalia Bluff beds, bathymetric distribution of corals Paracyathus (?) clarkeanus Vaughan ..-......--.----- 100 IN eye cee ue 5 caS ses Ree AeC ROE RE eee aSoeaeasere 25 crassug) Mo Kow. and) Ho 22-22 eee eee ener 107 Nanafalia formation, correlation of .-..-..-.-..-.------ 16 eylindricus sp. nov...-..---------- 21, 25, 109-110, 226 Naparima beds, correlation of .........-..--..--------- 16 granulosus sp. nov.......---------/--.- 21, 26, 107, 224 Natchitoches, La., bathymetric distribution of corals MULORUS/SPs NOV)----+-oeees- es oe anck eae 21, 26, 109, 224 PROM ae see eases sam ees cco esee ee renee ae 27 (?) serrulus Conrad 196 Neohelia Moseley -......--..---- 22) 126 New Jersey, age of corals from. - - 16-17 Newton, E. T., acknowledgments to..--..-----..------ 12 Newton, R. B., acknowledgments to..--.--..---------- 13 oO. Ocala group, correlation of .-...-...---.--------------- 16 Oculina Lamarck .-......-...-.--- 25, 28, 29, 30,33, 116-124 alabamensis sp. noy - - 21, 25, £20, 232 aldrichi sp: nov-----:-.-2:----- - 21,30, 125 americana M,-Edw. and H -- 13,118, 119, 230 diffusa Lamarck ....--...-.--- ~. 49,116, 117, 212 harrisi sp. nov .---..----- - 21,30, L22-12S, 252 mississippiensis (Conrad). --..--- 21, 218-119, 120. Bingleyiisp. Noy. -:.=-..222-<2.-=- 21, 28, 29, 12O, 228, 232 | (#)ismithilisp: nov: +52:--=5=5-<---—= 21,25, 123-124 vicksburgensis (Conrad)... --. 21,47, 116-118, 119, 228 Oculinids M.-Edw. and H.....-..--......--.-- 54, 114-128 Ogilvie, M. M., cited on Astroceenia M.-Edw. and H. and Stephanocenia M.-Edw. and H..----...-. 153 cited on columella. --- 53 cited on dissepiments. - 52, 58 cited on Galaxea Oken.--..... - 41 cited on origin of the coral prcrcton 35 cited on septal pores in Eupsammia M. Bir. (ATG UBL see See SGce acne Bonasecnc ose aecaeecee ca 44 cited on Siderastrea de Blainville --.--..----.---- _ 155 cited on the epitheca.--.-..-----.-----.-..--...-.. 37, 38 cited on trabecule 2 eited on walls in Turbinolid corals-----..----.---- 51 classification of septa by-.---..--.-- 46 reference to - 49 OLB Obes ten nei 34, 55 Oken, L., use of name Astriea by. 155 Oligocene, geographic and bathymetric disteioation of CORI SECON GHG se mcm nes ac ae aleemer sees 30-32 Oligocene corals of the United States, aftinities of Eo- cene and Lower-..-.-...----...-....:--.------. 32-34 Oligocene formations, correlation of-..--...-..--.---- 16 nomenclature of Eocene and Lower-.-.-.-.-.-------. 15-16 Orangeburg formation, correlation of -.-.-..-..-.-.... 16 Orpicelia Wangs 2-2 - ccs et pee 3 ak Orbitoides mantelli (Morton). --.......-..--.---------- 31 Ortman, A., cited on Oculina Lamarck ~ 116 ROTO Leos tia ee eae eens 55 Osteodes caulifera Conrad 176 Ovanuhus) Conrail. - nase semana ae. ee 198 elaborate (Conrall) te. ce ack cel esrs ess cecceee ee 162, 180 irroratus Conrad 167 Ostrea selleformis beds, correlation of..........-...-- 16 Ostrea vicksburgensis Conrad ...-.....-..-.---..2.--- 31 = SP CC RSLONY Obie ee neat seeses amass ate em ee ee 4647 Pamunkey formation, corals found in-....--.........-. 26 GOLTELAHIONN Of os saa ae oe oa ee 16 Paracyathus M.-Edw. and H..- - 23,33, 34,46, 105-110 alterilatus Spr MOV eee meee sae seen ees rete + 21, 27, 28, 38, 46, 51, 105-107, 108, 109, 224 bellus sp. nov...-- 21, 27, 46, 47, 51,52, 108-109, 110, 224 caryophyllus (Lamarck) -...-.2:-scceessscccesosss 109 Parasmilia M.-Edw.and H.. 23, 30, 33,54, 113-114 ludoviciana sp. nov .....--- 21, 30, 45, 112, 413-814, 226 Parisian formation, correlation of-. 16 Pectinia M.-Edw. and H....--- 44 Pectinia m#andrites (Linn)-..........---- - 44,49 Pennatulidw M.-Edw. and H .....-..-..- 56 Retrophy lin, Conrad <.2<22-.2 ne eson ces eee 200 Pilsbry, H. A., acknowledgments to .................-- 12 aid by 171 Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences, acknowl- 6d 2M en Gs tO —no-—ol-pe eee eee 12 PhyllangiasM.-Wdlweand Wk acoso. see eee 137, 138 Placosmilia (Trochosmilia) connivensde Gregorio 180, 182, 250 0. Sp, Merriam (.-s2s—---225-2o-=— 102 Plate, basal, discussion of - 36, 37 Platycoenia.gen.nov -:..---------.--2=-2-- 23,44, 150-8518 jacksonensis sp. nov ..----.-.----- 21,30, 150-151, 242 Platytrochus M.-Edw. and H----- 23, 27, 33, 42, 51,55, 73-78 claibornensis de Gregorio. ...--.... 20, 29, 73, 77-78, 218 goldfussil(leh)¢-. 5-22-22 e 20, 29, 74, 76-77, 78, 218 nanus Lea sp. dub. de Gregorio 80 speciosus Gabb and Horn 196 stokesi (Lea) - 0, 27, 28, 29, 49, 73, 7 4-96, 77, 78, 216, 218 Posilloporaee reece. sss ene ee eee cee ee 129 Rorites iiinkes-sss5-—5 --. 4,195 (Ocellaria) ramosa, - == 194,195 Tamosa (LMOnsdale)i-ss2 ose deo 22,31, 195, 254 Bp. Lonsdale- cece c ess ose eee eee 201 Poritidas M.-Edw. and H 195 Pourtalés, L. F., cited on bathymetric distribution of SHECIEN Eo eres ee ae sane cee aad eee 23 Prairie Creek, Ala., bathymetric distribution of corals ERO aesectstcid Seas nae er tee eee ee 25 Pratz, E., cited on structure of septa ...............-_. 43-44 definition of Mesomorpha Pratz by. 161 WROTE fete Gein eee eC aaa e ae Soe eS 35, 55 Pseudastri#a Reuss .-.-...---- 157 Pseudoliva vetusta (Conrad) -.......-..-.-- 134 Puget group, correlation of .......-........-. 16 Pumpelly, R., cited on Oligocene in Florida............ 31 COLA CONCGUM) UY s= wie toed oe seen em ae ene 149 Q. Quelch, J. J., use of name Astra by ...../-.--...-.--- 155 Quenstedt, . A., cited on Tiarodendron Quenstedt.... 126 R. Rathbun, M.J., acknowledgments to ......... 14 Rathbun, R., acknowledgments to. -- 14 Red Bluff beds, corals found in ............-......-.... 30 correlation of. a 16 Reuss, A. E., cited on Pseudastrwa Reuss mee by; Rhectopsammia gen. nov...-........---.. 24, 8 s3- 185, = elaibornensis sp. nov... Ripley group, correlation of .....-...............---.-- S. Salt Creek, Ala., section near 31 Salt Mountain, Ala., corals found near 30 Chun WE itch ogece shoe sere reese 31 San Augustine, Tex., corals from 29 262 INDEX, Page. Page. Santee beds, correlation of ............-----.---------- 16 | Tertiary formations, correlation of lower.-..-.---..--. 16 Semper, K., cited on septa in Flabellum Lesson -.. --- 57 | Texas, corals from......------ 28-29 Septa, compactness of..--------.---..--------+---++--- 43 | Eocene formations in 17-18 dentatlous:Obsee see oeeesne ere eeeee cena as = amen 45 | Thamnastrwa Lesauvage .......-----.----------- 43, 160, 161 discussion of .... 38-46 | arachnoides (Parkinson) ---ss.-s---2-sieeseeeeseee= 161 lateral ornamentation of .--.........-...--...------ 45-46 | balli Duncan 160 margins of - 44-45 | dendroidea (Lamouroux) Septastraea d’Orbigny-.---....--------------------+---- 118 | Theca, dise Seriatopora Lamarck. --- : 129 | Thysanus excentricus Duncan.......-.-..------.---- 54,212 Shark River beds, age of .--.-------- = 16=178) | ebiared endron|Quensted te =---se =e ee een == ae eee 126 bathymetric distribution of corals in. 29 | Tomes, R. T., cited on Astroccenia M.-Edw.and H .. 149,150 covrelatiomot. oes noe sn ee oe ee Coe 16 | Tongrian formation, correlation of ........--.--------. 16 Shell Bluff group, correlation of...---..------ 16), Lrabeculs, directioniol .---4--2-s-e8 sess e ee nse eee 41 Sheppard, E., reference to ...---.--.------------------ 14 | discussion! Of. ..bs3, cose useceecsee -ceeeee oes seeee eee 41-42 Sherborn, C. D., acknowledgments to. ....-..--------- 13 influence of width on the direction of calcareous Shipps Ford, Tex., corals from - 28 fi brO: Cry Stal sommes eee eee eee eer 42 Siderastrea de Blainville -.----- 25, 34,48, 254-0 36, 212 a bin Ohana ita aleter a 42 hexagonalis sp. nov .-...--.------ 22,25, 155-156, 244 Mrematotrochus) L. W000 eer cecien sense eee eee 52 Vid eyingiDatlas s 26 tes eee ose as eee = ests pele ae ismeta 154-155) | Lrinityekirer, Lex., corals trome.s-s-2-\22- + -eisee cee eee 29 Singley, J. A., acknowledgments to...-..------------- 1 Trochocyathus M.-Edw. 7,33, 44, 93-105 Smith, E. A., cited on thickness of Coral limestone -.. 31 ealifornianus sp. noy...----------- 20, 32, 96-97, 99, 292 Smithville, Tex., corals from ..-.-..------------------- 28 Cingtlatus 8p: NOV. <-cee- ae eeeene 20, 25,, 99-100, 222 Sokolow, N., acknowledgments to ..-.---.------------ 13 clarkeanus (Vaughan) -...--------- 21, 26, 100-101, 222 cited on Diplohelia sp. Sokolow 125 conoides (Gablb and Horn) ...-.--- 21, 29, 103-105, 224 cited on Trochocyathus discoides Sokolow. -...--- 95 depressus sp. nov.....------- 20, 27, 47, 79, 97-9S, 99, 222 quoted on resemblance of Flabellum cuneiforme discoides SOKOlOW:.- s2oce<-ece2s=25- see seers 65, 95, 97 Lonsdale to F. sedecimcostatum Sokolow ..-.-- 64-65 TV ERUS HNO 465 Seocnece doeoseood 20, 25, 46, 93, 94, 220, 222 Spencer, J. W., aid by ---------.---- ogee emlsg) lunulitiformis|(Conrad)i=-------s-----5 <2 2 eee ee 20, Sphenotrochus, M.-Edw. and 16 eee 3,52, 76, SO-S6 30, 46, 47, 65, 79, 94-96, 97, 98, 99, 222 claibornensis sp. NOY. -------- 20, 29, & S6, 81, 218, 220 lunulitiformis var. montgomeriensis var, noy .--.--- 20, milietianus (Defrance) ..----.----------------- ns 85 30, 94-96, 222 NYAS (We@a) seer esse eee 20, 29, 52, SO-S5, 86, 215 stantoni Vanghan..,..-...-...-.-----. 2 20, 32, 98-99, 222 rubescens Moseley .-----.------------++--- --+---: 84 striatus (Gabb) -. --- 21,32, LOS-102, 222, 22. Stanton se aW i etLOeD Vien me co aimee nme 13, 68, 99, 101 zitteli Merriam. - 21, 32, 47, 102-103, 105, 224 work of 18 Spa CeiGre OVO. an ees oinene ee 197 Stephanoceenia, M.-Edw- and... ..-. 23,33, 858-153 | Trochosmilia conoides Gabb and Horn . 103,171 fairbanksi sp. nov. -------- , $5 0-153, 159. 242 IRE ee Ten oo Coca sos nenc socseceoSsSscocsssce 46 fairbanksi var. columnaris var. nov.. 22, 1358-4153, 242 RO aAer tS) (MLOLtOM) -2ac2 32 - a sone eee nee ene 171 Formosal( Golf \oa-- see eeeeseeanleesns cana 152, 153 mortont Gabb and Horn........-.----------- 103, 167, 168 formosissima (Sowerby) -------------------------- 152 SUA OF) ts Seri aaaeoroscsercesemsoscosssesacsse5o 101 intersepta (Esper) ..------------------------------ 520159))|)eburbinaria\Oken)..-..- - -)cac- osc acseen an ‘Tennessee 85° 30/-86° 35°-85° 30/ 975 25 9 | Anthracite-Crested Butte ..-.. Colon: 106° 45/-107° 15! 38° 45/-39° 465 50 irginia - on AOR bearpers Merny). ----\-2<=--5- =e {West Ving nia... | 77° 30’-78° 399-399 30 925 25 Maryland. ee LUN ROKON © 2c <5 acne eee eee California | 120° 30/-121° 38°-38° 30/ 938 Virginia - oe IP} | TOWN DUNES ae ee ee ers! {icentucky E 82° 30/-830 36° 30/379 957 25 | ennessee = | 13 | Fredericksburg-..-........--... (ears iand- \ 77°-77° 30/ 38°-38° 30/ 938 25 Vi inisz ~ 14s Staunton 42-960 seo ecnnee case (ores Saha \ 79°-79° 30’ 389-389 30/ 938 15 | Lassen Peak -..| California... 1219-1990 | 400-419} 3, 634 16) \(noxvillasetas eee ane Neate nell 83° 30/849 | 35° 30/860; 995 95 70 Many sila see ee oe an California 121° 30/-122° 39°-39° 30/ | 925 25 LS) Smarts ville ses see secs seoe« California 1219-1219 30’ 39°-39° 30/ 925 95 (Alabama. | 19 | Stevenson ........-.-. mocboagos {Georgia 85° 30/-86° 34° 30/359 | 980 25 Tennessee .. | 2011) Clovelanden- = = eee semen oes Tennessee -- 84° 30/-85° 21); Pikeville -- Tennessee -- 859-85° 30! 35° 30'-36° 22 || McMinnville. ---------2222222.. Tennessee ...--- 85° 30/-86° 35° 30/36 all ENominiseerse oes soceaeee et el aa 769 30'-70 380-380 30! 24 | Three Fork Montana. - Z 1119-112° 45°-46° H 25 | Loudon...--- -| Tennessee - 84°-81° 30! 35° 30/-36° 965 26 | Pocahontas -......------.2.--.. eprops zoo} 819-819 30/ 372-370 80! | 951 2a) Morristo waress= eee eee Tennessee ..--.- 83°-83° 30! 36° 30 963 25 28 | Piedmont eae eee 79°-79° 30’ 39°-39° 30! 925 25 | ; * jl21e 00! 25-1219 39° 13’ 50-39? 17/ 16/4 11. 65 | 29 | Nevada City...;Grass Valley. }| California ....-- 41219 01 10! 22''-39° 13! 50" 12.09 50 {| 120° 57' 05//-121° 00/ 25” 13’ 50/'-39° 17! 16" 11.65 J | Yellowstone Na- Gaaven. | rae eT °. ; O_4F5O ® ATE 7 30 f a raalasipale SHoshonee 1 Wyoming ...--. 1109-1119 44O_450 8,412 75 (Lake ..... 31 | Pyramid’ Peak...-- 2 21-..--... | California ..--.- 120°-120° 30/ 88° 30/-39° 932 ee lWircini 62) |W eamklin'2.0 2.2. seasescccesh a... west Virgi S \ 7992-799 30! : 932 OSs PDLICGV Ge: =o. nic (ame ese sce ore ‘Tennessee -.---- 963 34 | a | West Virginia | 932 35 | Gadsden ..--.- Alabama..-..-... | jo 30! | 986 36 | Pueblo....... . Colorado. : 104° 30/-1059 | °) 938 Sie PU OWMIE WIN Ole seers seem ees oie California....... 120° 30/-121° 39° 30/-409 919 MON XXXIXx——18 x ADVERTISEMENT. Area, in | Price, No. Name of sheet. | State. Limiting meridians. | Limiting parallels. square in | | tniles. (cents. = = | a : 38 | Butte Special Montana. ---| 1129 29! 30”-115 45° 59/ 28/462 02 54” 22. 80 50 39 | Truckee California. - . P 2 5 30" | 925 25 40 | Wartbur : Tennessee --- 5° | 36° U 963 | 25 41 | Sonora .-|.California --.. 120°-120° 30’ | 37° 30'-38° 944 | 25 42 | Nueces ..- E Se exag te see ene 1002-1009 30! | 29° 30/-30° 1,035 25 SIAC Welle Gan anos a. sete California . 1219-12 | 39° 30/-40° 918 25 Jireinis ) dbl (Mazeywell. 2. scceesecese oe eee: (West Virgini ‘|\ 81° 30/82 - 379-379 30/ 950 25 45 | Boise ----- pieldahosesa=- : 116°-116° 30' 43° 30/440 864 23 46 Richmond | Kentucky 849-849 30! 87° 30/-38° 944 | 25 47 London - Kentueky - §4°-842 30/| . 372-379 30/ 950 | 25 48 Tenmile Distric ‘al | Colorado. -. : 106° 8/-106° 16’ | 39° 22’ 30//-39° 30/ 30” 55 25 49 | Roseburg..----.-----.- .| Oregon ....-- 4 123°-123° 30! | 43°-43° 30 871 25 BOlolyolkata-<-sas-- oes eee Weetecuseere |} 729 30/739 | 420490 30! 885 | 50 Sit) 185 ee UMS a ase recosoanaase California --.---- 120°-120° 30! 389-389 30! 938 25 52 | Absaroka: 4, . Teta oe ee eee Wyoming 109° 30/1100 440-449 30)! 25 53.) Standingstone - ‘Tennessee .----.| 362-369 30! 25 54 | Tacoma ....- | Washington - --.| 479-472 30! 25 55 Fort Benton : -| Montana... -} 47°-48° 25 56 Little Belt Mountains. Montana. - - 110°-111° 469-479 25 BT eLevonde = \- ces 8 Colorado. - - 107° 45/-108° 37° 45/-38° 25 cre) || DON e ee oe aa saeSoeseeesse Colorado 1049-1049 30° 37°-37° 30! 25 STATISTICAL PAPERS. Mineral Resources of the United States [1882], by Albert Williams, jr. 1883. 8°. xvii, 813 pp. Price 50 cents. Mineral Resources of the United States, 1883 and 1884, by Albert Williams, jr. 1885. 8°. xiv, 1016 pp. Price 60 cents. i Mineral Resources of the United States, 1885. Division of Mining Statistics and Technology. 1886. 8°. yvii,576 pp. Price 40 cents. : Mineral Resources of the United States, 1886, by David T. Day. 1887. 8°. viii, 813 pp. Price 60 cents. Mineral Resources of the United States, 1887, by David T, Day. 1888. 8°. vii, 832 pp. Price 50 cents. Mineral Resources of the United States, 1888, by David T. Day. 1890. 8°. vii, 652 pp. Price 50 cents. Mineral Resources of the United States, 1889 and 1890, by David T. Day. 1892. 8°. viii, 671 pp. Price 50 cents. Mineral Resources of the United States, 1891, by David T. Day. 1893. 8°. vii, 680 pp. Price 50 cents. Mineral Resources of the United States, 1892, by David T. Day. 1893. 8°. vii, 850 pp. Price 50 cents. : Mineral Resources of the United States, 1898, by David T. Day. 1894. 8°. viii, 810 pp. Price 50 cents. On March 2, 1895, the following provision was included in an act of Congress: “Provided, That hereafter the report of the minera] resources of the United States shall be issned as a part of the report of the Director of the Geological Survey.” In compliance with this legislation the following reports haye been published : Mineral Resources of the United States, 1894, David T. Day, Chief of Division. 1895. 8°. xv, 646 pp., 23 pl.3_xix, 735 pp., 6 pl. Being Parts IIT and IV of the Sixteenth Annual Report. Mineral Resources of the United States, 1895, David 'T. Day, Chief of Division. 1896. 8°. xxiii, 542 pp., 8 pl. and maps; iii, 543-1058 pp., 9-13 pl. Being Part IIT (in 2 vols.) of the Seventeenth Annual Report. Mineral Resources of the United States, 1896, David T. Day, Chief of Division. 1897. 8°. xii, 642 pp..1 pl.; 643-1400 pp. Being Part V (in 2 vols.) of the Nineteenth Annual Report. Mineral Resources of the United States, 1897, David T. Day, Chief of Division. 1898. 8°. viii, 651 pp., 11 pl.; viii, 706 pp. Being Part VI (in 2 vols.) of the Nineteenth Aunnal Report. Mineral Resources of the United States, 1898, David T. Day, Chief of Division. 1899. 8°. viii, 616 pp.; ix, 804 pp., 1 pl. Being Part VI (in 2 vols.) of the Twentieth Annual Report. The money received from the sale of the Survey publications is deposited in the Treasury, and the Secretary of that Department declines to receive bank checks, drafts, or postage stamps; all remit- tances, therefore, must be by MONEY ORDER, made payable to the Director of the United States Geological Survey, or in CURRENCY—the exact amount. Correspondence relating to the publications of the Survey should be addressed to : Tre Direcror, Unirep STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY, WASHINGTON, 1). C., June, 1900, WASHINGTON, D. C. Series. Author. Subject. {Take this leaf out and paste the separated titles upon three of your cata- logue cards. The first and second titles need no addition; over the third write that subject under which you would place the book in your library. | LIBRARY CATALOGUE SLIPS. United States. Department of the interior. (U.S. geological survey.) Department of the interior |— | Monographs | of the | United States geological survey | Volume XXXIX | [Seal of the depart-, ment] | Washington | government printing office | 1900 Second title: United States geological survey | Charles D. Walcott, director |— | The | Eocene and Lower Oligocene coral faunas | of the | United States | with | descriptions of a few doubtfully Cretaceous species | by | T. Wayland Vaughan | [Vignette] | Washington | government printing office | 1900 4°. 263 pp. 24 pl. Vaughan (T. Wayland). United States geological survey | Charles D. Walcott, di- rector | — | The | Eocene and Lower Oligocene coral faunas | of the | United States | with | descriptions of a few doubtfully Cretaceous species | by | T. Wayland Vaughan | [Vignette] | Washington | government printing oftice | 1900 4°, 263 pp. 24 pl. (Unirep, Srares. Department of the interior. (U. 8. geological survey.) Monograph XXXIX.} United States geological survey | Charles D. Walcott, di- rector | — | The | Eocene and Lower Oligocene coral faunas | of the | United States | with | descriptions of a few doubtfully Cretaceous species | by | T. Wayland Vaughan | [Vignette] | Washington | government printing office | 1900 4°. 263 pp. 22 pl. {(Unirep Stares. Department of the interior. (U. S. geological survey.) Monograph XX XIX. | ~ lm a 3 9088 00559 8